<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Seth</id>
		<title>PocketWizard Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Seth"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Seth"/>
		<updated>2026-05-17T02:34:09Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.24.4</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=4188</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=4188"/>
				<updated>2020-03-10T19:01:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you for using PocketWizard radios!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard radios run on sophisticated firmware that is updated regularly. While the radios are shipped from the factory with the most updated version, sometimes new firmware is released between the time of it leaving our warehouse to being sold to a consumer. To see which version of firmware is installed on your PocketWizard and to ensure that you have the most current version for your new radios, please follow the steps below to first install our Utility program then update your radios to the most current firmware for your model. Find the appropriate match to your equipment then hit the Expand option to see more details in each step. You will need a standard USB to mini B USB cable to update the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' If you have an E Series radio, with the E Release firmware installed, it can only communicate with other E Series radios. If you have other PocketWizard radios with Legacy firmware, please refer to the [[E Release]] page of our Wiki for more compatibility information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To update Legacy firmware in your radios or to upgrade to the E Release, first download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%20v2.10.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 2.10] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10. &lt;br /&gt;
#* You will need to uninstall the previous version of the PocketWizard Utility before installing Version 2.10. Click [[PocketWizard Utility FAQ#Try a complete uninstall and re-install of the Utility|here]] for instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class =&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #ffffcc;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Note:''' If you have installed Apple's Catalina OS (10.15) you can install our beta version of the PocketWizard Utility that now provides 64 bit compatibility for Catalina. The current Utility will work on older versions of the Mac OS as well as PCs. Click here to download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%202.12.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 2.12]. Download the release notes [https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/8/8f/Utility_2.12_beta.pdf here].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
# To update Legacy firmware in your radios or to upgrade to the E Release, first download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%202.10.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 2.10] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.14 (Mojave)&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III / IIIe or Plus IV / IVe'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the Utility recognizes your radio, the connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window. You will also see the firmware, hardware, and loader versions of the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, disconnect the radio and turn the unit off if the radio is on.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to update the radio, click the Update Firmware box. You can choose between Legacy Firmware and E Release Firmware. E Release firmware is a new platform for our system and works differently than our original Legacy firmware. Please see see our [[E Release|E Release]] page for details. Click the box to select the option you want. &lt;br /&gt;
## For Legacy Firmware: click OK. Click OK in the confirmation window&lt;br /&gt;
## For E Release Firmware: enter your email address in the field provided and click Find and Apply License. Proceed to install the firmware. Once installed, the Firmware License will be tied to that serial number and it is non-transferable. Visit our [https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PocketWizard_E_Release#How_do_I_update_to_the_E_Release.3F E Release Firmware] page to learn more about licenses. &lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and make sure the radio is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Current Firmware Versions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/bc/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/26/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/25/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/66/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/b5/FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/26/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IIIe&lt;br /&gt;
|'''2.505'''&lt;br /&gt;
|12/11/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_IIIe_2.505_firmware_release_notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IVe&lt;br /&gt;
|'''2.605'''&lt;br /&gt;
|12/11/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Plus_IVe_2.605_firmware_release_notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/26/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/9c/MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III/IV's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Utility_2.12_beta.pdf&amp;diff=4187</id>
		<title>File:Utility 2.12 beta.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Utility_2.12_beta.pdf&amp;diff=4187"/>
				<updated>2020-03-10T18:57:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=4163</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=4163"/>
				<updated>2020-02-03T18:48:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you for using PocketWizard radios!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard radios run on sophisticated firmware that is updated regularly. While the radios are shipped from the factory with the most updated version, sometimes new firmware is released between the time of it leaving our warehouse to being sold to a consumer. To see which version of firmware is installed on your PocketWizard and to ensure that you have the most current version for your new radios, please follow the steps below to first install our Utility program then update your radios to the most current firmware for your model. Find the appropriate match to your equipment then hit the Expand option to see more details in each step. You will need a standard USB to mini B USB cable to update the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' If you have an E Series radio, with the E Release firmware installed, it can only communicate with other E Series radios. If you have other PocketWizard radios with Legacy firmware, please refer to the [[E Release]] page of our Wiki for more compatibility information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to use the E Release upgrade for Plus III and Plus IV radios, download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%20v2.06.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 2.06] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10. &lt;br /&gt;
#* You will need to uninstall the previous version of the PocketWizard Utility before installing Version 2.0. Click [[PocketWizard Utility FAQ#Try a complete uninstall and re-install of the Utility|here]] for instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to update any other PocketWizard units, please download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class =&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #ffffcc;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Note:''' If you have installed Apple's Catalina OS (10.15) this program will not work on your computer. The PocketWizard Utility is a 32-bit application and will not work with Catalina. We are working on a 64-bit update to the Utility to be released as soon as possible. The current Utility will work on older versions of the Mac OS as well as PCs.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to use the E Release upgrade for Plus III and Plus IV radios, download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%202.06.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 2.06] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.14 (Mojave)&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to update any other PocketWizard units, please download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.14 (Mojave)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. &lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III / IIIe or Plus IV / IVe'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the Utility recognizes your radio, the connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window. You will also see the firmware, hardware, and loader versions of the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, disconnect the radio and turn the unit off if the radio is on.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to update the radio, click the Update Firmware box. You can choose between Legacy Firmware and E Release Firmware. E Release firmware is a new platform for our system and works differently than our original Legacy firmware. Please see see our [[E Release|E Release]] page for details. Click the box to select the option you want. &lt;br /&gt;
## For Legacy Firmware: click OK. Click OK in the confirmation window&lt;br /&gt;
## For E Release Firmware: enter your email address in the field provided and click Find and Apply License. Proceed to install the firmware. Once installed, the Firmware License will be tied to that serial number and it is non-transferable. Visit our [https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PocketWizard_E_Release#How_do_I_update_to_the_E_Release.3F E Release Firmware] page to learn more about licenses. &lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and make sure the radio is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Current Firmware Versions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/bc/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/26/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/25/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/66/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/b5/FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/26/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IIIe&lt;br /&gt;
|'''2.505'''&lt;br /&gt;
|12/11/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_IIIe_2.505_firmware_release_notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IVe&lt;br /&gt;
|'''2.605'''&lt;br /&gt;
|12/11/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Plus_IVe_2.605_firmware_release_notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/26/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/9c/MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III/IV's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=4112</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=4112"/>
				<updated>2019-12-18T20:01:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you for using PocketWizard radios!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard radios run on sophisticated firmware that is updated regularly. While the radios are shipped from the factory with the most updated version, sometimes new firmware is released between the time of it leaving our warehouse to being sold to a consumer. To see which version of firmware is installed on your PocketWizard and to ensure that you have the most current version for your new radios, please follow the steps below to first install our Utility program then update your radios to the most current firmware for your model. Find the appropriate match to your equipment then hit the Expand option to see more details in each step. You will need a standard USB to mini B USB cable to update the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' If you have an E Series radio, with the E Release firmware installed, it can only communicate with other E Series radios. If you have other PocketWizard radios with Legacy firmware, please refer to the [[E Release]] page of our Wiki for more compatibility information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to use the E Release upgrade for Plus III and Plus IV radios, download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%20v2.00.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 2.00] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10. &lt;br /&gt;
#* You will need to uninstall the previous version of the PocketWizard Utility before installing Version 2.0. Click [[PocketWizard Utility FAQ#Try a complete uninstall and re-install of the Utility|here]] for instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to update any other PocketWizard units, please download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class =&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #ffffcc;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Note:''' If you have installed Apple's Catalina OS (10.15) this program will not work on your computer. The PocketWizard Utility is a 32-bit application and will not work with Catalina. We are working on a 64-bit update to the Utility to be released as soon as possible. The current Utility will work on older versions of the Mac OS as well as PCs.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to use the E Release upgrade for Plus III and Plus IV radios, download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%202.00.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 2.00] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.14 (Mojave)&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to update any other PocketWizard units, please download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.14 (Mojave)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. &lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III / IIIe or Plus IV / IVe'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the Utility recognizes your radio, the connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window. You will also see the firmware, hardware, and loader versions of the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, disconnect the radio and turn the unit off if the radio is on.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to update the radio, click the Update Firmware box. You can choose between Legacy Firmware and E Release Firmware. E Release firmware is a new platform for our system and works differently than our original Legacy firmware. Please see see our [[E Release|E Release]] page for details. Click the box to select the option you want. &lt;br /&gt;
## For Legacy Firmware: click OK. Click OK in the confirmation window&lt;br /&gt;
## For E Release Firmware: enter your email address in the field provided and click Find and Apply License. Proceed to install the firmware. Once installed, the Firmware License will be tied to that serial number and it is non-transferable. Visit our [https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PocketWizard_E_Release#How_do_I_update_to_the_E_Release.3F E Release Firmware] page to learn more about licenses. &lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and make sure the radio is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Current Firmware Versions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/bc/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/25/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/66/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/b5/FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IIIe&lt;br /&gt;
|'''2.505'''&lt;br /&gt;
|12/11/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_IIIe_2.505_firmware_release_notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IVe&lt;br /&gt;
|'''2.605'''&lt;br /&gt;
|12/11/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Plus_IVe_2.605_firmware_release_notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/9c/MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III/IV's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=4110</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=4110"/>
				<updated>2019-12-18T19:59:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you for using PocketWizard radios!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard radios run on sophisticated firmware that is updated regularly. While the radios are shipped from the factory with the most updated version, sometimes new firmware is released between the time of it leaving our warehouse to being sold to a consumer. To see which version of firmware is installed on your PocketWizard and to ensure that you have the most current version for your new radios, please follow the steps below to first install our Utility program then update your radios to the most current firmware for your model. Find the appropriate match to your equipment then hit the Expand option to see more details in each step. You will need a standard USB to mini B USB cable to update the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' If you have an E Series radio, with the E Release firmware installed, it can only communicate with other E Series radios. If you have other PocketWizard radios with Legacy firmware, please refer to the [[E Release]] page of our Wiki for more compatibility information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to use the E Release upgrade for Plus III and Plus IV radios, download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%20v2.00.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 2.00] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10. &lt;br /&gt;
#* You will need to uninstall the previous version of the PocketWizard Utility before installing Version 2.0. Click [[PocketWizard Utility FAQ#Try a complete uninstall and re-install of the Utility|here]] for instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to update any other PocketWizard units, please download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class =&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #ffffcc;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Note:''' If you have installed Apple's Catalina OS (10.15) this program will not work on your computer. The PocketWizard Utility is a 32-bit application and will not work with Catalina. We are working on a 64-bit update to the Utility to be released as soon as possible. The current Utility will work on older versions of the Mac OS as well as PCs.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to use the E Release upgrade for Plus III and Plus IV radios, download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%202.00.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 2.00] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.14 (Mojave)&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to update any other PocketWizard units, please download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.14 (Mojave)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. &lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III / IIIe or Plus IV / IVe'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the Utility recognizes your radio, the connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window. You will also see the firmware, hardware, and loader versions of the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, disconnect the radio and turn the unit off if the radio is on.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to update the radio, click the Update Firmware box. You can choose between Legacy Firmware and E Release Firmware. E Release firmware is a new platform for our system and works differently than our original Legacy firmware. Please see see our [[E Release|E Release]] page for details. Click the box to select the option you want. &lt;br /&gt;
## For Legacy Firmware: click OK. Click OK in the confirmation window&lt;br /&gt;
## For E Release Firmware: enter your email address in the field provided and click Find and Apply License. Proceed to install the firmware. Once installed, the Firmware License will be tied to that serial number and it is non-transferable. Visit our [https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PocketWizard_E_Release#How_do_I_update_to_the_E_Release.3F E Release Firmware] page to learn more about licenses. &lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and make sure the radio is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Current Firmware Versions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/bc/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/25/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/66/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/b5/FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IIIe&lt;br /&gt;
|2.505&lt;br /&gt;
|12/11/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_IIIe_2.505_firmware_release_notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IVe&lt;br /&gt;
|2.605&lt;br /&gt;
|12/11/2019&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Plus_IVe_2.605_firmware_release_notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/9c/MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III/IV's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Plus_IVe_2.605_firmware_release_notes.pdf&amp;diff=4109</id>
		<title>File:Plus IVe 2.605 firmware release notes.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Plus_IVe_2.605_firmware_release_notes.pdf&amp;diff=4109"/>
				<updated>2019-12-18T19:58:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Release notes for the 2.605 firmware release.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Release notes for the 2.605 firmware release.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Plus_IIIe_2.505_firmware_release_notes.pdf&amp;diff=4108</id>
		<title>File:Plus IIIe 2.505 firmware release notes.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:Plus_IIIe_2.505_firmware_release_notes.pdf&amp;diff=4108"/>
				<updated>2019-12-18T19:51:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Release notes for the 2.505 Plus IIIe firmware release.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Release notes for the 2.505 Plus IIIe firmware release.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Current_Firmware&amp;diff=4080</id>
		<title>Current Firmware</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Current_Firmware&amp;diff=4080"/>
				<updated>2019-10-17T18:01:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Redirected page to Getting Started&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Getting Started]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=4061</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=4061"/>
				<updated>2019-10-04T19:48:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you for using PocketWizard radios!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard radios run on sophisticated firmware that is updated regularly. While the radios are shipped from the factory with the most updated version, sometimes new firmware is released between the time of it leaving our warehouse to being sold to a consumer. To see the most current version for your model, see section 2 below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' If you have an E Series radio, with the E Release firmware installed, it can only communicate with other E Series radios. If you have other PocketWizard radios with Legacy firmware, please refer to the [[E Release]] page of our Wiki for more compatibility information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure you have the most current version of firmware for your new radios, please follow the steps below to first install our Utility program then update your radios to the most current firmware for your model. Find the appropriate match to your equipment then hit the Expand option to see more details in each step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%20v2.00.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 2.00] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* You will need to uninstall the previous version of the PocketWizard Utility before installing Version 2.0.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class =&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #ffffcc;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Note:''' If you have installed Apple's beta version of the Catalina OS (10.15) this program will not work on your computer. The PocketWizard Utility is a 32-bit application and will not work with Catalina. We are working on a 64-bit update to the Utility to be released after the official version of Catalina is released to the public. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%202.00.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 2.00] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.14 (Mojave)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 2.00 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the Utility recognizes your radio, the connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window. You will also see the firmware, hardware, and loader versions of the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, disconnect the radio and turn the unit off if the radio is on.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to update the radio, click the Update Firmware box. You can choose between Legacy Firmware and E Release Firmware. Select the option you want. &lt;br /&gt;
## For Legacy Firmware: click OK. Click OK in the confirmation window&lt;br /&gt;
## For E Release Firmware: enter your email address in the field provided and click Find and Apply License. Proceed to install the firmware. Once installed, the Firmware License will be tied to that serial number and it is non-transferable. Visit our [https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PocketWizard_E_Release#How_do_I_update_to_the_E_Release.3F E Release Firmware] page to learn more about licenses. &lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and make sure the radio is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Current Firmware Versions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/bc/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/25/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/66/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/b5/FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/9c/MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III/IV's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=E-release&amp;diff=4012</id>
		<title>E-release</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=E-release&amp;diff=4012"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T18:49:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Redirected page to PocketWizard E Release&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[PocketWizard E Release]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PocketWizard_E-Release&amp;diff=4011</id>
		<title>PocketWizard E-Release</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PocketWizard_E-Release&amp;diff=4011"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T18:45:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Redirected page to PocketWizard E Release&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[PocketWizard E Release]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Pocket_wizard_e_release&amp;diff=4010</id>
		<title>Pocket wizard e release</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Pocket_wizard_e_release&amp;diff=4010"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T18:40:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Redirected page to PocketWizard E Release&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[PocketWizard E Release]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Pocketwizard_e_release&amp;diff=4009</id>
		<title>Pocketwizard e release</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Pocketwizard_e_release&amp;diff=4009"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T18:38:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Redirected page to PocketWizard E Release&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[PocketWizard E Release]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=E_Release&amp;diff=4008</id>
		<title>E Release</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=E_Release&amp;diff=4008"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T18:37:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Redirected page to PocketWizard E Release&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[PocketWizard E Release]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=E_Release&amp;diff=4007</id>
		<title>E Release</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=E_Release&amp;diff=4007"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T18:36:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Created page with &amp;quot;# REDIRECT PocketWizard E Release&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;# REDIRECT [[PocketWizard E Release]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=4006</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Sidebar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=4006"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T18:30:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* navigation&lt;br /&gt;
** mainpage|mainpage-description&lt;br /&gt;
** recentchanges-url|recentchanges&lt;br /&gt;
** randompage-url|randompage&lt;br /&gt;
** helppage|help&lt;br /&gt;
* Radios&lt;br /&gt;
** MiniTT1_and_FlexTT5|MiniTT1 and FlexTT5&lt;br /&gt;
** FlexTT6|FlexTT6&lt;br /&gt;
** Plus_III|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
** PlusX|PlusX&lt;br /&gt;
** Plus_II|Plus II&lt;br /&gt;
** PowerMC2|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
** PowerST4|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
** MultiMAX|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
* Popular Pages&lt;br /&gt;
** PocketWizard E Release|E Release&lt;br /&gt;
** HyperSync | HyperSync&lt;br /&gt;
** Canon_Compatibility | Canon&lt;br /&gt;
** Nikon_Compatibility | Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
** The_FAQ | The FAQ&lt;br /&gt;
* SEARCH&lt;br /&gt;
* TOOLBOX&lt;br /&gt;
* LANGUAGES&lt;br /&gt;
* PDF&lt;br /&gt;
** {{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=mpdf}} | Download as PDF&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=4005</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Sidebar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=4005"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T18:29:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* navigation&lt;br /&gt;
** mainpage|mainpage-description&lt;br /&gt;
** recentchanges-url|recentchanges&lt;br /&gt;
** randompage-url|randompage&lt;br /&gt;
** helppage|help&lt;br /&gt;
* Radios&lt;br /&gt;
** MiniTT1_and_FlexTT5|MiniTT1 and FlexTT5&lt;br /&gt;
** FlexTT6|FlexTT6&lt;br /&gt;
** Plus_III|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
** PlusX|PlusX&lt;br /&gt;
** Plus_II|Plus II&lt;br /&gt;
** PowerMC2|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
** PowerST4|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
** MultiMAX|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
* Popular Pages&lt;br /&gt;
** E Release|PocketWizard E Release&lt;br /&gt;
** HyperSync | HyperSync&lt;br /&gt;
** Canon_Compatibility | Canon&lt;br /&gt;
** Nikon_Compatibility | Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
** The_FAQ | The FAQ&lt;br /&gt;
* SEARCH&lt;br /&gt;
* TOOLBOX&lt;br /&gt;
* LANGUAGES&lt;br /&gt;
* PDF&lt;br /&gt;
** {{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=mpdf}} | Download as PDF&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=4004</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Sidebar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=4004"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T18:28:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* navigation&lt;br /&gt;
** mainpage|mainpage-description&lt;br /&gt;
** recentchanges-url|recentchanges&lt;br /&gt;
** randompage-url|randompage&lt;br /&gt;
** helppage|help&lt;br /&gt;
* Radios&lt;br /&gt;
** MiniTT1_and_FlexTT5|MiniTT1 and FlexTT5&lt;br /&gt;
** FlexTT6|FlexTT6&lt;br /&gt;
** Plus_III|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
** PlusX|PlusX&lt;br /&gt;
** Plus_II|Plus II&lt;br /&gt;
** PowerMC2|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
** PowerST4|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
** MultiMAX|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
* Popular Pages&lt;br /&gt;
** PocketWizard E Release|PocketWizard E Release&lt;br /&gt;
** HyperSync | HyperSync&lt;br /&gt;
** Canon_Compatibility | Canon&lt;br /&gt;
** Nikon_Compatibility | Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
** The_FAQ | The FAQ&lt;br /&gt;
* SEARCH&lt;br /&gt;
* TOOLBOX&lt;br /&gt;
* LANGUAGES&lt;br /&gt;
* PDF&lt;br /&gt;
** {{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=mpdf}} | Download as PDF&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=4003</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=4003"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T18:18:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard radios run on sophisticated firmware that is updated regularly. While the radios are shipped from the factory with the most updated version, sometimes new firmware is released between the time of it leaving our warehouse to being sold to a consumer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure you have the most current version of firmware for your new radios, please follow the steps below to first install our Utility program then update your radios to the most firmware for your model. Find the appropriate match to your equipment then hit the Expand option to see more details in each step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%20v2.00.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 2.00] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* You will need to uninstall the previous version of the PocketWizard Utility before installing Version 2.0.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class =&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #ffffcc;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Note:''' If you have installed Apple's beta version of the Catalina OS (10.15) this program will not work on your computer. The PocketWizard Utility is a 32-bit application and will not work with Catalina. We are working on a 64-bit update to the Utility to be released after the official version of Catalina is released to the public. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%202.00.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 2.00] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.14 (Mojave)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 2.00 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Current Firmware Versions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/bc/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/25/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/66/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/b5/FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/9c/MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III/IV's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3999</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3999"/>
				<updated>2019-09-12T19:15:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard radios run on sophisticated firmware that is updated regularly. While the radios are shipped from the factory with the most updated version, sometimes new firmware is released between the time of it leaving our warehouse to being sold to a consumer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure you have the most current version of firmware for your new radios, please follow the steps below to first install our Utility program then update your radios to the most firmware for your model. Find the appropriate match to your equipment then hit the Expand option to see more details in each step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%20v2.00.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 2.00] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 2.00 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class =&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #ffffcc;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Note:''' If you have installed Apple's beta version of the Catalina OS (10.15) this program will not work on your computer. The PocketWizard Utility is a 32-bit application and will not work with Catalina. We are working on a 64-bit update to the Utility to be released after the official version of Catalina is released to the public. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%202.00.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 2.00] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.14 (Mojave)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 2.00 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Current Firmware Versions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/bc/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/25/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/66/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/b5/FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/9c/MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III/IV's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3981</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3981"/>
				<updated>2019-07-17T19:00:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard radios run on sophisticated firmware that is updated regularly. While the radios are shipped from the factory with the most updated version, sometimes new firmware is released between the time of it leaving our warehouse to being sold to a consumer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure you have the most current version of firmware for your new radios, please follow the steps below to first install our Utility program then update your radios to the most firmware for your model. Find the appropriate match to your equipment then hit the Expand option to see more details in each step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class =&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #ffffcc;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Note:''' If you have installed Apple's beta version of the Catalina OS (10.15) this program will not work on your computer. The PocketWizard Utility is a 32-bit application and will not work with Catalina. We are working on a 64-bit update to the Utility to be released once the official version of Catalina is released to the public. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.14 (Mojave)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Current Firmware Versions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/bc/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/25/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/66/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/b5/FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/9c/MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.70 BETA: [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/f/f7/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.70_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III/IV's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=3947</id>
		<title>Beta Firmware</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=3947"/>
				<updated>2019-06-04T15:59:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* Official */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Try out the latest [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] firmware (other radios, too!) or PocketWizard Utility.  We appreciate your help testing our newest features and improvements before our official production release is available.  Anyone can participate, but you should be very comfortable using the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and be willing to provide [[#Providing_Feedback|detailed feedback]] of your experiences.  If that’s you, please read on to begin your own beta test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Firmware == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Release notes for current official production firmware can be found on our [[Getting Started]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must be using [[PocketWizard Utility]] version 1.54 or later before installing the latest firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Canon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no beta firmware available at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Canon_Compatibility|ControlTL Canon]] official production firmware is {{latestcanon}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nikon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Nikon ControlTL beta firmware version is {{Nikonbeta}} and is available through the PocketWizard Utility right now. It adds support for the Nikon D850. This Beta is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/22/MiniFlex_Nikon_3.909_beta.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gain access to the beta firmware, [[Beta_Firmware#Enabling_Beta_Firmware|see below]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Nikon_Compatibility|ControlTL Nikon]] official production firmware is {{latestnikon}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PowerST4 for Elinchrom==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current PowerST4 firmware is version {{latestst4}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PowerMC2 for Einstein E640==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[PowerMC2]] firmware is version {{latestmc2}}. There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Plus III==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Plus III]] Beta firmware is version 1.212. It adds compatibility for the PocketWizard remote cable S-VPR1-ACC for Sony cameras. This Beta is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Plus III]] official production firmware is version 1.212. This official firmware is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[MultiMAX]] firmware is version {{latestmax}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only MultiMAX's with a USB port are capable of downloading firmware.  Some older MultiMAX units do not have a USB port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX II==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Beta=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current MultiMAX II firmware is 8.111. The current Beta firmware for MultiMAX II is 8.117. It adds compatibility for the PocketWizard remote cable S-VPR1-ACC for Sony cameras. This Beta is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/0/06/MultiMAX_II_8.117.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Official=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current MultiMAX II firmware is 8.111. This official version is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enabling Beta Firmware==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Beta_Firmware_1.63.png|right|400px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and tick the box for Advanced Mode&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the blue gear in the bottom left corner of the window&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Firmware Updates&amp;quot; tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the radio button for &amp;quot;Yes, show me beta firmware and official firmware.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
#Click OK&lt;br /&gt;
#Completely close the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
#Re-open the PocketWizard Utility, make sure your radio is connected, and click the [[Update Tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Beta_Firmware_Selection_1.63.png|right|400px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Select the version of firmware, BETA or Official, you would like installed in your radio. Click OK and then follow the onscreen prompts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Providing Feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
We need feedback on your experiences testing the beta firmware! Feedback can include your opinion of overall functionality or any bugs or issues you may have encountered. When providing feedback, the more detail you can provide the better. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please include the following as a minimum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Beta firmware release version number&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera being used (brand, model # &amp;amp; firmware version)&lt;br /&gt;
*Flashes being used(brand &amp;amp; model #)&lt;br /&gt;
*PocketWizard radios in use&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The following information would also be helpful:&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Flash settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Location information (indoor, outdoor)&lt;br /&gt;
*Any potential radio interference sources&lt;br /&gt;
*Anything else that may help us understand your photo environment and situation.&lt;br /&gt;
*Computer system info&lt;br /&gt;
*Best way to contact you should follow-up be necessary&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please send feedback via one of these:&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard.com Inquires Page] &lt;br /&gt;
*[mailto:betalab@pocketwizard.com betalab@pocketwizard.com] - please put &amp;quot;beta&amp;quot; in the subject line.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=3946</id>
		<title>Beta Firmware</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=3946"/>
				<updated>2019-06-04T15:59:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* Official */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Try out the latest [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] firmware (other radios, too!) or PocketWizard Utility.  We appreciate your help testing our newest features and improvements before our official production release is available.  Anyone can participate, but you should be very comfortable using the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and be willing to provide [[#Providing_Feedback|detailed feedback]] of your experiences.  If that’s you, please read on to begin your own beta test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Firmware == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Release notes for current official production firmware can be found on our [[Getting Started]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must be using [[PocketWizard Utility]] version 1.54 or later before installing the latest firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Canon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no beta firmware available at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Canon_Compatibility|ControlTL Canon]] official production firmware is {{latestcanon}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nikon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Nikon ControlTL beta firmware version is {{Nikonbeta}} and is available through the PocketWizard Utility right now. It adds support for the Nikon D850. This Beta is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/22/MiniFlex_Nikon_3.909_beta.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gain access to the beta firmware, [[Beta_Firmware#Enabling_Beta_Firmware|see below]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Nikon_Compatibility|ControlTL Nikon]] official production firmware is {{latestnikon}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PowerST4 for Elinchrom==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current PowerST4 firmware is version {{latestst4}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PowerMC2 for Einstein E640==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[PowerMC2]] firmware is version {{latestmc2}}. There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Plus III==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Plus III]] Beta firmware is version 1.212. It adds compatibility for the PocketWizard remote cable S-VPR1-ACC for Sony cameras. This Beta is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Plus III]] official production firmware is version 1.210. This official firmware is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[MultiMAX]] firmware is version {{latestmax}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only MultiMAX's with a USB port are capable of downloading firmware.  Some older MultiMAX units do not have a USB port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX II==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Beta=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current MultiMAX II firmware is 8.111. The current Beta firmware for MultiMAX II is 8.117. It adds compatibility for the PocketWizard remote cable S-VPR1-ACC for Sony cameras. This Beta is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/0/06/MultiMAX_II_8.117.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Official=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current MultiMAX II firmware is 8.111. This official version is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enabling Beta Firmware==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Beta_Firmware_1.63.png|right|400px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and tick the box for Advanced Mode&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the blue gear in the bottom left corner of the window&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Firmware Updates&amp;quot; tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the radio button for &amp;quot;Yes, show me beta firmware and official firmware.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
#Click OK&lt;br /&gt;
#Completely close the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
#Re-open the PocketWizard Utility, make sure your radio is connected, and click the [[Update Tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Beta_Firmware_Selection_1.63.png|right|400px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Select the version of firmware, BETA or Official, you would like installed in your radio. Click OK and then follow the onscreen prompts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Providing Feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
We need feedback on your experiences testing the beta firmware! Feedback can include your opinion of overall functionality or any bugs or issues you may have encountered. When providing feedback, the more detail you can provide the better. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please include the following as a minimum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Beta firmware release version number&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera being used (brand, model # &amp;amp; firmware version)&lt;br /&gt;
*Flashes being used(brand &amp;amp; model #)&lt;br /&gt;
*PocketWizard radios in use&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The following information would also be helpful:&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Flash settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Location information (indoor, outdoor)&lt;br /&gt;
*Any potential radio interference sources&lt;br /&gt;
*Anything else that may help us understand your photo environment and situation.&lt;br /&gt;
*Computer system info&lt;br /&gt;
*Best way to contact you should follow-up be necessary&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please send feedback via one of these:&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard.com Inquires Page] &lt;br /&gt;
*[mailto:betalab@pocketwizard.com betalab@pocketwizard.com] - please put &amp;quot;beta&amp;quot; in the subject line.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=3945</id>
		<title>Beta Firmware</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=3945"/>
				<updated>2019-06-04T15:59:17Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* Official */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Try out the latest [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] firmware (other radios, too!) or PocketWizard Utility.  We appreciate your help testing our newest features and improvements before our official production release is available.  Anyone can participate, but you should be very comfortable using the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and be willing to provide [[#Providing_Feedback|detailed feedback]] of your experiences.  If that’s you, please read on to begin your own beta test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Firmware == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Release notes for current official production firmware can be found on our [[Getting Started]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must be using [[PocketWizard Utility]] version 1.54 or later before installing the latest firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Canon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no beta firmware available at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Canon_Compatibility|ControlTL Canon]] official production firmware is {{latestcanon}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nikon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Nikon ControlTL beta firmware version is {{Nikonbeta}} and is available through the PocketWizard Utility right now. It adds support for the Nikon D850. This Beta is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/22/MiniFlex_Nikon_3.909_beta.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gain access to the beta firmware, [[Beta_Firmware#Enabling_Beta_Firmware|see below]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Nikon_Compatibility|ControlTL Nikon]] official production firmware is {{latestnikon}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PowerST4 for Elinchrom==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current PowerST4 firmware is version {{latestst4}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PowerMC2 for Einstein E640==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[PowerMC2]] firmware is version {{latestmc2}}. There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Plus III==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Plus III]] Beta firmware is version 1.212. It adds compatibility for the PocketWizard remote cable S-VPR1-ACC for Sony cameras. This Beta is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Plus III]] official firmware is version 1.210. This official firmware is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[MultiMAX]] firmware is version {{latestmax}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only MultiMAX's with a USB port are capable of downloading firmware.  Some older MultiMAX units do not have a USB port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX II==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Beta=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current MultiMAX II firmware is 8.111. The current Beta firmware for MultiMAX II is 8.117. It adds compatibility for the PocketWizard remote cable S-VPR1-ACC for Sony cameras. This Beta is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/0/06/MultiMAX_II_8.117.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Official=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current MultiMAX II firmware is 8.111. This official version is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enabling Beta Firmware==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Beta_Firmware_1.63.png|right|400px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and tick the box for Advanced Mode&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the blue gear in the bottom left corner of the window&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Firmware Updates&amp;quot; tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the radio button for &amp;quot;Yes, show me beta firmware and official firmware.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
#Click OK&lt;br /&gt;
#Completely close the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
#Re-open the PocketWizard Utility, make sure your radio is connected, and click the [[Update Tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Beta_Firmware_Selection_1.63.png|right|400px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Select the version of firmware, BETA or Official, you would like installed in your radio. Click OK and then follow the onscreen prompts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Providing Feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
We need feedback on your experiences testing the beta firmware! Feedback can include your opinion of overall functionality or any bugs or issues you may have encountered. When providing feedback, the more detail you can provide the better. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please include the following as a minimum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Beta firmware release version number&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera being used (brand, model # &amp;amp; firmware version)&lt;br /&gt;
*Flashes being used(brand &amp;amp; model #)&lt;br /&gt;
*PocketWizard radios in use&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The following information would also be helpful:&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Flash settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Location information (indoor, outdoor)&lt;br /&gt;
*Any potential radio interference sources&lt;br /&gt;
*Anything else that may help us understand your photo environment and situation.&lt;br /&gt;
*Computer system info&lt;br /&gt;
*Best way to contact you should follow-up be necessary&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please send feedback via one of these:&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard.com Inquires Page] &lt;br /&gt;
*[mailto:betalab@pocketwizard.com betalab@pocketwizard.com] - please put &amp;quot;beta&amp;quot; in the subject line.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=HyperSync_Setup&amp;diff=3944</id>
		<title>HyperSync Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=HyperSync_Setup&amp;diff=3944"/>
				<updated>2019-06-03T18:00:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* ControlTL Transmitter, Standard Receiver (Plus II, Plus III, PlusX, MultiMAX) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Hypersync setup.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This page describes how to configure your PocketWizard radios for using [[HyperSync]] to capture flash above X-sync. This page will provide details on configuring your radios in the [[HyperSync/HSS Tab|PocketWizard Utility]] for best HyperSync performance. HyperSync requires at least one [[ControlTL]] radio like the [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] to serve as the transmitter. Receiving radios may be ControlTL radios like the [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5|FlexTT5]], [[PowerMC2]], or [[PowerST4]], or Standard Channel radios like the [[MultiMAX]], [[Plus II]], [[Plus III]], or [[PlusX]].&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To learn what HyperSync is and how it differs from other flash sync techniques, visit the [[Understanding HyperSync and High Speed Sync]] page. For basic information on HyperSync, return to the main [[HyperSync]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What HyperSync results can I get with my camera and flash? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thankfully, we have done a lot of the work for you by sharing images that we have captured using as many combinations of camera and flash model as possible. Our examples are available below. Simply click on your camera and find the flash that you wish to use with HyperSync. There are countless combinations of flashes and cameras in the world, and we will add more cameras and flashes as time goes by. If you don't see your equipment, feel free to contact us directly: http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The results below were produced with the steps detailed on the bottom parts of this page.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{C HATT}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{N HATT}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Don't see your gear?}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==All ControlTL Radios – HyperSync Automation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performing [[HyperSync]] is easiest with all [[ControlTL]] radios, transmitter and receivers. Non-ControlTL receivers (Standard Channel radios) do not have the benefit of HyperSync Automation, and require more manual adjustment for best results. While default HyperSync settings for ControlTL radios will usually provide great results, they may also be reconfigured by the photographer. First configure your transmitting [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5|MiniTT1 or FlexTT5]], and then your receiving PocketWizard radio. Steps for configuring your ControlTL transmitter and receiver are detailed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Configure the ControlTL Transmitter===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5|MiniTT1 or FlexTT5]] as a transmitter to perform [[HyperSync]], follow these steps to configure your radio. Be sure the &amp;quot;Advanced Mode&amp;quot; box in the bottom left corner of the Utility is checked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For Nikon users:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the most consistent results and most flash energy in frame with Nikon radios, it is highly recommended that you enable “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#HyperSync Only (Disable HSS/FP)|HyperSync Only]]:”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect your transmitting MiniTT1/FlexTT5 to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] via USB, and check the &amp;quot;Advanced Mode&amp;quot; box&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to the &amp;quot;[[HyperSync/HSS Tab|HyperSync/HSS]]&amp;quot; tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable “HyperSync Only”&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Apply Changes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nikon Transmitter.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE:''' If you are a Nikon user with ControlTL receivers, and the “HyperSync Only” control is left at its default (disabled) less flash energy will be captured in frame and HyperSync will not be able to optimize flash timing. If you are a Nikon user attempting to use HyperSync with Standard Channel receivers (like the [[Plus II]], [[Plus III]], [[PlusX]], or [[MultiMAX]]), you must enable &amp;quot;HyperSync Only.&amp;quot; Please read the section [[HyperSync Setup#ControlTL Transmitter, Standard Receiver (Plus II, Plus III, PlusX, MultiMAX)|ControlTL Transmitter, Standard Receiver]], below, for more information.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''For Canon users:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For best performance with Canon radios, it is highly recommended that you manually select your camera model: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect your transmitting MiniTT1/FlexTT5 to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] via USB and check the &amp;quot;Advanced Mode&amp;quot; box&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the drop-down menu to select the camera model in the Channels tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Apply Changes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Canon transmitter.JPG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE:''' If you are a Canon user attempting to use HyperSync with Standard Channel receivers (like the [[Plus II]], [[Plus III]], [[PlusX]], or [[MultiMAX]]), you must enable &amp;quot;HyperSync Only.&amp;quot; Please read the section [[HyperSync Setup#ControlTL Transmitter, Standard Receiver (Plus II, Plus III, PlusX, MultiMAX)|ControlTL Transmitter, Standard Receiver]], below, for more information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Configure the Receiving FlexTT5 and AC9 AlienBees Adapter===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a Canon or Nikon FlexTT5 with an attached [[AC9 AlienBees Adapter]] as your receiver, follow these steps to configure your radio:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect your receiving FlexTT5 to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] via USB and make sure that the “Advanced Mode” box is checked&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to the “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab|HyperSync/HSS]]” tab and select the flash connected to the AC9 AlienBees Adapter using the &amp;quot;AC9 Flash&amp;quot; dropdown menu&lt;br /&gt;
#Set “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#Optimize HyperSync Automation For:|Optimize HyperSync Automation For:]]” to either &amp;quot;[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#Optimize HyperSync Automation For:|Reduced Clipping]]&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#Optimize HyperSync Automation For:|Highest Energy]]&amp;quot; (default = “Reduced Clipping”)&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Apply Changes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect the receiving FlexTT5 and AC9 AlienBees Adapter to the flash&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ac9_tab.JPG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows you how to set up your transmitter and receiver for HyperSync for the Nikon system of radios.&lt;br /&gt;
{{AC9HyperSyncNikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows you how to set up your transmitter and receiver for HyperSync for the Canon system of radios.&lt;br /&gt;
{{AC9HyperSyncCanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HyperSync Automation is currently implemented for the following Paul C. Buff flashes and AC9 Adapter:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{AC9Flashes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to use a flash that does not appear on the list above with an AC9 AlienBees Adapter, try selecting a flash of a similar power output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Configure the Receiving PowerMC2===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a [[PowerMC2]] as your receiver, follow these steps to configure your radio:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect your PowerMC2 to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] via USB, and make sure that the “Advanced Mode” box is checked&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#Optimize HyperSync Automation For:|Optimize HyperSync Automation For:]]” on the “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#HyperSync\HSS|HyperSync]]” tab; choose &amp;quot;[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#Optimize HyperSync Automation For:|Reduced Clipping]]&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#Optimize HyperSync Automation For:|Highest Energy]]&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Apply Changes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect the PowerMC2 to the flash&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Powermc2 Utility.JPG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows you how to set up your transmitter and receiver for HyperSync for the Nikon system of radios.&lt;br /&gt;
{{PowerMC2HyperSyncNikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows you how to set up your transmitter and receiver for HyperSync for the Canon system of radios.&lt;br /&gt;
{{PowerMC2HyperSyncCanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HyperSync Automation with the PowerMC2 is intended for use with the Einstein E640 flash. Using the Einstein’s “Color” mode will provide the best results. The E640 only provides its best HyperSync results when set to full power (+3 on the [[AC3 ZoneController]] or master Speedlite). Due to its IGBT design, settings lower than full power may result in clipping. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can read more about this behavior on the [[IGBT-controlled flashes vs. Voltage-controlled flashes]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{MC2Utility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Configure the Receiving PowerST4===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a [[PowerST4]] as your receiver, follow these steps to configure your radio:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect your PowerST4 to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] via USB, and make sure that the “Advanced Mode” box is checked&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#Optimize HyperSync Automation For:|Optimize HyperSync Automation For:]]” on the “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#HyperSync/HSS|HyperSync]]” tab; choose &amp;quot;[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#Optimize HyperSync Automation For:|Reduced Clipping]]&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#Optimize HyperSync Automation For:|Highest Energy]]&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to the [[Misc Tab]] and select [[Misc Tab#Ranger RX Head Selection|S-head or A-head]] if you have a Ranger RX, or [[Misc Tab#Digital 1200/2400RX Head Selection|select your Digital RX series head]] if you're using a Digital 1200 or 2400 pack.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select [[Misc Tab#Flash Model|your flash model]] as well.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Apply Changes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect the PowerST4 to the flash or pack&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PowerST4_Utility.JPG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PowerST4_misc_tab.JPG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows you how to set up your transmitter and receiver for HyperSync for the Nikon system of radios.&lt;br /&gt;
{{PowerST4HyperSyncNikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows you how to set up your transmitter and receiver for HyperSync for the Canon system of radios.&lt;br /&gt;
{{PowerST4HyperSyncCanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HyperSync Automation is currently implemented for the following Elinchrom flashes and PowerST4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ST4Flashes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Configure the Receiving FlexTT5 P2 Port===&lt;br /&gt;
When using a FlexTT5 as your receiver connected to a flash via the P2 port, follow these steps to configure your radio:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect your receiving FlexTT5 to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] via USB, and make sure that the “Advanced Mode” box is checked&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to the “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab|HyperSync/HSS]]” tab; use the “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#P2 HyperSync Flash Duration| P2 HyperSync Flash Duration]]” drop-down to select a timing setting – 10 is often a good starting-point&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Apply Changes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect the FlexTT5 to the flash or pack via the P2 port and appropriate cable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:P2 Utility.JPG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you notice clipping in frame, choose a different “P2 HyperSync Flash Duration” value - if you have a smaller flash or Speedlite connected via the P2 port, start by testing with lower numbers, if you have a studio strobe or larger flash, you will likely see the best results with higher numbers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ControlTL Transmitter, Standard Receiver (Plus II, Plus III, Plus IV, PlusX, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II)==&lt;br /&gt;
Performing [[HyperSync]] is possible with a [[ControlTL]] transmitter and Standard Channel receivers like the [[MultiMAX]], [[Plus II]], [[Plus III]], or [[PlusX]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only ControlTL radios have HyperSync settings that can be adjusted. When using Standard Channel radios as receivers, all HyperSync settings or offsets will need to be manipulated on the transmitter. The Standard Channel receivers need only be set to use the correct channel and then connected to the remote flashes. The transmitting [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5|MiniTT1 or FlexTT5]] can account for the flash duration of remote flashes in one of two ways, “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#HyperSync Flash Duration For Standard Channels| HyperSync Flash Duration For Standard Channels]]” or “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#Manual HyperSync For Standard Channels| Manual HyperSync For Standard Channels]].” Find more information on these options on the [[HyperSync/HSS Tab]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using a mix of ControlTL and Standard Channel radios to perform HyperSync, determine whether you would like to use “HyperSync Flash Duration For Standard Channels” or “Manual HyperSync For Standard Channels.” and follow the instructions below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Configure the ControlTL Transmitter - HyperSync Flash Duration For Standard Channels=== Be sure the &amp;quot;Advanced Mode&amp;quot; box in the bottom left corner of the Utility is checked.&lt;br /&gt;
Follow these steps to configure your ControlTL transmitter using [[HyperSync/HSS Tab#HyperSync Flash Duration For Standard Channels| HyperSync Flash Duration For Standard Channels]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect your transmitting [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5|MiniTT1 or FlexTT5]] to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] via USB and make sure that the “Advanced Mode” box is checked&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to the &amp;quot;[[HyperSync/HSS Tab|HyperSync/HSS]]&amp;quot; tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#HyperSync Only (Disable HSS/FP)|HyperSync Only]]”&lt;br /&gt;
#Select a value 1-10 for the “HyperSync Flash Duration for Standard Channels” – 10 is often a good starting-point&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Canon users only:''' Navigate to the “[[Channel Tab|Channel]]” tab and manually select your camera model  &lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Apply Changes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HyperSyncFlashDurationForStandardChannels.JPG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you notice clipping in frame, choose a different “HyperSync Flash Duration for Standard Channels” value – some experimentation may be necessary to find the best setting for your camera and flash combination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Configure the ControlTL Transmitter - Manual HyperSync For Standard Channels===&lt;br /&gt;
Follow these steps to configure your ControlTL transmitter using [[HyperSync/HSS Tab#Manual HyperSync For Standard Channels| Manual HyperSync For Standard Channels]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect your transmitting [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5|MiniTT1 or FlexTT5]] to the [[PocketWizard Utility]] via USB and make sure that the “Advanced Mode” box is checked&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to the &amp;quot;[[HyperSync/HSS Tab|HyperSync/HSS]]&amp;quot; tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable “[[HyperSync/HSS Tab#HyperSync Only (Disable HSS/FP)|HyperSync Only]]”&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable “Manual HyperSync For Standard Channels” by clicking the check-box&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the slider to set a Manual HyperSync Offset – the greatest offset (all the way to the left) is often a good starting point&lt;br /&gt;
#Canon users only: Navigate to the “[[Channel Tab|Channel]]” tab and manually select your camera&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Apply Changes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ManualHyperSyncForStandardChannels.JPG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you notice clipping in frame, choose a different Manual HyperSync Offset value – typically the maximum offset (slider all the way to the left) works well as a starting point. Not all cameras can use the full range of this setting. Some cameras will show no change beyond certain offset value. This is a limitation of the camera. Some experimentation may be necessary to find the best setting for your camera and flash combination&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonOperational&amp;diff=3943</id>
		<title>Template:CanonOperational</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonOperational&amp;diff=3943"/>
				<updated>2019-05-28T17:19:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* General Canon Operational Considerations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==General Canon Operational Considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
The following operational considerations apply to all Canon cameras unless otherwise noted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Shot===&lt;br /&gt;
With a Canon camera and [[ControlTL]] radios the first exposure after initial connection or power-on is the calibration shot. It is recommended that you take the calibration shot at 1/125. This initiates communication between the camera and radio. This shot will not fire remote flashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manually Select Camera Model===&lt;br /&gt;
For best results with a Canon camera and ControlTL radios, be sure to manually select your camera model on the transmitting radio. Camera model selection is found on the &amp;quot;[[Channel Tab|Channel]]&amp;quot; tab.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3942</id>
		<title>Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Getting_Started&amp;diff=3942"/>
				<updated>2019-05-10T18:34:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* 1. Download the PocketWizard Utility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Download the PocketWizard Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Windows'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Setup%201.70.exe PocketWizard Utility Setup 1.70] for Windows versions 7 (SP1), 8.1, and 10&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the setup program to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the setup program and follow the installation instructions.  HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the setup program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Start Menu.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the setup program. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED - Right click the program and &amp;quot;Run as Administrator&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mac'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.70.dmg PocketWizard Utility Installer 1.70] for OS X and macOS versions 10.8 (Mountain Lion) through 10.14 (Mojave)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you want the older version, or have an older Mac OS X version (10.7 or earlier), you can find it [[PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ#Try_using_the_older_version_of_the_Utility|here]]. Version 1.70 is required for the latest products like the MultiMAX II and the Canon FlexTT6, and has the latest updates&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg) to the directory of your choice (usually the Downloads folder)&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the downloaded .dmg file&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the PocketWizard installer package within the Disk Image, and follow the installation prompts&lt;br /&gt;
# The PocketWizard Utility is now installed in your Applications folder.  Find it there and run it!  You can delete the Installer Disk Image file (.dmg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Check for Updates====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, FlexTT6, PowerST4, and PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps 5 to 9 and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot;, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding TEST as you power on the radio for 10 seconds, until you see 4 green blinks in a row. [[Factory Reset|Click here to view a video of this reset process]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your radio to your computer via a Mini-B USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the TEST button as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Launch the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable USB Mode on the MultiMAX:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Turn off the MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
#* Hold the Backlight button (between TEST and MENU), and connect the Mini-B USB cable to your computer&lt;br /&gt;
#* Continue to hold the Backlight button, and move the power switch to Transmit&lt;br /&gt;
#* Release the Backlight button&lt;br /&gt;
# The connected radio will be displayed in the top left of the Utility window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note the current Firmware Version of the connected radio. If the Firmware Version matches the Current Versions listed below, skip steps X to X and proceed to the next radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the Update Tab, click Check for Updates, which will download the latest firmware version, and prompt to update the firmware in the connected radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Utility will update the firmware in the connected radio. Do not disconnect the radio while the progress bars are visible.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the Utility confirms a successful firmware update, disconnect the radio from your computer, and move the power switch off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perform a Factory Reset of your radio, by holding the C key as you power on the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat the above steps for all of your radios, making sure all firmware versions match the Current Versions listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Current Firmware Versions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!''Radio''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Firmware Version''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Date''&lt;br /&gt;
!''Release Notes''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Canon &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestcanon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/8/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/bc/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Canon_6.905_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MiniTT1 / FlexTT5 Nikon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestnikon}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/25/MiniTT1_FlexTT5_Nikon_3.906.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT5 Panasonic&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestpanasonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/66/Panasonic_FlexTT5_Firmware_Release_Notes_1.132.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|FlexTT6 Canon&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestflextt6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/b/b5/FlexTT6_Canon_7.003_Firmware_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerMC2&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmc2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/883PowerMC2_Firmware_ReleaseNotes_2.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|PowerST4&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestst4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|6/11/2013&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/1076ST4_Firmware_Release_Notes_5.400.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus III&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/11/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/d/de/Plus_III_1.210_firmware_release_notes_v2.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|Plus IV&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestP4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|3/1/2016&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Latestmax}}&lt;br /&gt;
|4/1/2014&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MM3_Eng_Man_LPF100v1.5_plus_Add_7.5v1.1_7.51RN_2.pdf Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot;|MultiMAX II&lt;br /&gt;
|{{LatestMM2}}&lt;br /&gt;
|8/24/2017&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/9/9c/MultiMAX_II_Firmware_Release_Notes_8.111.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PocketWizard Utility Version 1.70 BETA: [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/f/f7/PocketWizard_Utility_Version_1.70_BETA_Release_Notes.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information about current Beta firmware (if any) is [[Beta_Firmware|available here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. First Time Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1, FlexTT5, &amp;amp; FlexTT6 - Canon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# For the radio that will be used as the transmitter attached to your camera, change the Camera Model setting to match the camera the radio will be attached to for Configuration C1. This setting is located under the Misc tab when your radio is connected to the PocketWizard Utility. Make sure to Apply Changes in the bottom left of the Utility window after applying this setting. Once the radio has briefly disappeared and reappeared in the Utility window (which confirms the settings have been applied to the radio), you can disconnect the USB cable. [[File:Misc.jpg|500px|center|Misc Tab]]  This step is only required once, or when the camera model changes. &lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonQuick}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 - Nikon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your camera to use Auto-FP. On most Nikon Cameras, this is Custom Function e1, located under the Pencil menu. This setting should be set to the slowest shutter speed with the &amp;quot;(Auto FP)&amp;quot; option. Most Nikon cameras will use &amp;quot;1/250 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;, although some will be 1/200 (Auto FP)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your receiving flashes to their respective FlexTT5's. Turn the flash on, and set it to the normal TTL mode - NOT &amp;quot;Master&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Slave&amp;quot; mode. Then, turn the FlexTT5 on to Configuration C1. Within a few seconds, a low power flash will be emitted from the directly-connected flash, confirming the flash and FlexTT5 are communicating through the hotshoe properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5 to your camera. Turn the radio on to Configuration C1.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the camera, and set to 1/160th shutter speed. Take a test shot with the camera at this shutter speed - the remote flash will fire, but may not sync properly (this is a Calibration Shot for the radio). Take a second test shot, and your remote flashes will fire a TTL exposure!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 is only required once, or when you set up a new camera. The normal power-up sequence is Steps 2-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps are for basic TTL operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Using an AC3? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Ac3 Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
Using a Master Nikon flash? [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Advanced_Wireless_TTL Continue Here]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerST4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerST4 to your remote Elinchrom Flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerST4! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''PowerMC2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your PowerMC2 to your remote Einstein flash, and power on the flash unit. The radio will power on when the flash is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the Einstein's LCD to change the Channel and Zone settings to channel: &amp;quot;CTL-01&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zone A&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Follow the above instructions for starting up a Canon or Nikon transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now be triggering your PowerMC2! Use the in-camera Flash Exposure Compensation settings to adjust the power levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use your AC3 or Canon / Nikon master flash controls to adjust the manual power level of the connected flash. See the respective links above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Plus III, Plus IV, MultiMAX, MultiMAX II'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# With all equipment powered off, connect your remote radio to the camera or flash you'd like to trigger (with appropriate [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/cable_accessory/ cable])&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect your transmitting radio to the hotshoe of your camera (or for a remote camera, simply have the radio in your hand)&lt;br /&gt;
# Power on the remote radio, the remote flash, and the transmitting radio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the Plus III/IV's are set to TxRx mode, or for a MultiMAX that the transmitting radio is set to Transmit, and the receiver to Receive mode.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Channels and Zones to match.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a test shot, or press the TEST button, and the remote unit will fire!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Further Reading====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about specific topics, continue reading here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Channels]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HyperSync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And for more radio-specific information, start here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Plus III FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PlusX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MultiMAX FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerMC2 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PowerST4 FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[PocketWizard Utility FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_D7200&amp;diff=3941</id>
		<title>Nikon D7200</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_D7200&amp;diff=3941"/>
				<updated>2019-04-18T17:45:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Created page with &amp;quot;Review this page for information about the Nikon D7200 and its performance with PocketWizard radios.  {{NikonOperational}}  ==D7200 Specific Operational Considerations== The f...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Review this page for information about the Nikon D7200 and its performance with PocketWizard radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonOperational}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==D7200 Specific Operational Considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
The following operational considerations apply only to the D7200.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Camera Firmware===&lt;br /&gt;
For best results, use the latest camera body firmware and distortion control lens data. The latest firmware for the D7200 is '''C:1.04''', available for download at [https://downloadcenter.nikonimglib.com/en/products/197/D7200.html Nikon USA] and [https://downloadcenter.nikonimglib.com/en/products/197/D7200.html Nikon EU]. The latest distortion control lens data for the D7200 is '''L:2.017''', available for download at [http://nikonimglib.com/dcdata2/index.html.en Nikon Service &amp;amp; Support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonBatteryPower}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NoHATT}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonSpecialNotes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=3940</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=3940"/>
				<updated>2019-04-18T15:47:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Current Firmware===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The latest firmware available for the Nikon MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 is '''version {{Template:Latestnikon}}'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1s and FlexTT5s can be updated to this version via the [[PocketWizard Utility]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonCameras}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't see your recently released camera? Click [[Beta_Firmware|here]] to see if there is Beta Firmware available. The current Beta adds support for the D850.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;* These cameras do not support HyperSync or Auto-FP/HSS/FP-Sync operation:  D5500, D5300, D5200, D5100, D5000, D3300, D3200, D3100, D3000, D40x, D40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Potentialnikoncompatibility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-5000 (with [[Beta Firmware]])&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-500&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-5000 (with [[Beta Firmware]])&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-300&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ControlTL Remote Camera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the default settings, remote cameras with a receiving FlexTT5 will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. To learn more about remote camera triggering with ControlTL radios, visit our [[Remote Camera Triggering]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation (FEC) is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation. This is normally adjusted via the FEC button on the camera, which is indicated by a flash symbol/lightning bolt beside a &amp;quot;+/-&amp;quot; symbol. If your camera does not have an FEC button, you can also adjust it via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release, indicated by a &amp;quot;+/-&amp;quot; symbol. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you have selected manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Speedlight Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-910, SB-900, and SB-700 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Camera-Specific Operational Considerations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about operational considerations that may affect your camera specifically, choose the model below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonCameras}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Nikon Special Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
The following special notes apply to all Nikon cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FV Lock===&lt;br /&gt;
FV Lock is not currently supported with PocketWizard radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Live View===&lt;br /&gt;
Live View is not currently supported with PocketWizard radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Unsupported Modes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using. You may be able to use the radios in [[Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger|Basic Trigger Mode]] for this setting. &lt;br /&gt;
* Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
* Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In-Camera Flash Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rear-Curtain Sync and Bulb===&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together. For more information, visit our [[Rear Curtain Sync#Operational Considerations|Rear Curtain Sync]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Remote Infrared Control===&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CustomerService}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=3939</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=3939"/>
				<updated>2019-04-18T15:46:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Current Firmware===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The latest firmware available for the Nikon MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 is '''version {{Template:Latestnikon}}'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1s and FlexTT5s can be updated to this version via the [[PocketWizard Utility]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonCameras}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't see your recently released camera? Click [[Beta_Firmware|here]] to see if there is Beta Firmware available. The current Beta adds support for the D850.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;* These cameras do not support HyperSync or Auto-FP/HSS/FP-Sync operation:  D5500, D5300, D5200, D5100, D5000, D3300, D3200, D3100, D3000, D40x, D40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Potentialnikoncompatibility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-5000 (with [[Beta Firmware]])&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-500&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-5000&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-300&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ControlTL Remote Camera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the default settings, remote cameras with a receiving FlexTT5 will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. To learn more about remote camera triggering with ControlTL radios, visit our [[Remote Camera Triggering]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation (FEC) is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation. This is normally adjusted via the FEC button on the camera, which is indicated by a flash symbol/lightning bolt beside a &amp;quot;+/-&amp;quot; symbol. If your camera does not have an FEC button, you can also adjust it via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release, indicated by a &amp;quot;+/-&amp;quot; symbol. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you have selected manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Speedlight Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-910, SB-900, and SB-700 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Camera-Specific Operational Considerations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about operational considerations that may affect your camera specifically, choose the model below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonCameras}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Nikon Special Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
The following special notes apply to all Nikon cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FV Lock===&lt;br /&gt;
FV Lock is not currently supported with PocketWizard radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Live View===&lt;br /&gt;
Live View is not currently supported with PocketWizard radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Unsupported Modes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using. You may be able to use the radios in [[Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger|Basic Trigger Mode]] for this setting. &lt;br /&gt;
* Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
* Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In-Camera Flash Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rear-Curtain Sync and Bulb===&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together. For more information, visit our [[Rear Curtain Sync#Operational Considerations|Rear Curtain Sync]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Remote Infrared Control===&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CustomerService}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_D5500&amp;diff=3938</id>
		<title>Nikon D5500</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_D5500&amp;diff=3938"/>
				<updated>2019-04-18T15:40:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Created page with &amp;quot;Review this page for information about the Nikon D5500 and its performance with PocketWizard radios.   &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;  ==D5500 Specific Operational Considerations== The following oper...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Review this page for information about the Nikon D5500 and its performance with PocketWizard radios. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==D5500 Specific Operational Considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
The following operational considerations apply only to the D5500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Camera Firmware===&lt;br /&gt;
For best results, use the latest camera body firmware. The latest firmware for the D5500 is '''C:1.02''', available for download at [https://downloadcenter.nikonimglib.com/en/products/196/D5500.html Nikon USA] and [https://downloadcenter.nikonimglib.com/en/products/196/D5500.html Nikon EU].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonNoHSS}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonSpecialNotes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CustomerService}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Multiuser_Environments&amp;diff=3936</id>
		<title>Multiuser Environments</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Multiuser_Environments&amp;diff=3936"/>
				<updated>2019-03-19T15:40:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* Custom IDs, myths and realities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page outlines the best practices when many photographers are simultaneously triggering remote cameras at large sporting or other events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are very proud of our radios.  They provide rock-solid mission-critical performance in venues around the world.  Thanks to our broad frequency range, powerful Custom IDs, and proven digital RF signaling methods, our MultiMAX radios can handle several photographers at the same event while providing control and exclusivity like no other remote trigger system.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But they are not originally designed to handle over 100+ photographers capturing the same finish-line moment as happens at the largest sporting events.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We continue to improve operation for exclusivity (Custom IDs), simultaneous use (Patterns), and greater distances (Long Range Mode).   But too many photographers on the same frequency can still be a concern.  Please read this information to learn the best methods to increase your odds of getting that once-in-a-lifetime remote shot at the most crowded events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look here for features and specifications:  [http://www.pocketwizard.com/products/transmitter_receiver/multimax/ MultiMAX on PocketWizard.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quick links to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/733MultiMAX_US_English_Manual_Plus_Addendum_7.5.pdf MultiMAX Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/301MultiMAX_US_English_Quick_Guide_-_Firmware_7xx.pdf CE Multilingual Quick Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/301MultiMAX_US_English_Quick_Guide_-_Firmware_7xx.pdf USA/FCC English Quick Guide].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/677MultiMAX_7.51beta_releasenotes.pdf New BETA firmware with Patterns has been released!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick Check List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a quick check list to get you started:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upgrade your firmware to the latest that includes Patterns&lt;br /&gt;
*Know your frequency&lt;br /&gt;
*Find the Sign-up Sheet&lt;br /&gt;
*Set a Pattern&lt;br /&gt;
*Set a long contact time on your Receiver&lt;br /&gt;
*Use Long Range Mode on your transmitters *and* receivers&lt;br /&gt;
*Press and *hold* TEST or your trigger button, don’t tap it&lt;br /&gt;
*Use ferrite chokes on long cable runs.&lt;br /&gt;
*Get the receiver’s antenna as high as you can&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintain line of sight whenever possible&lt;br /&gt;
*Dress, hang, drape, run or dangle cables away from antennas&lt;br /&gt;
*Consider hard-wiring&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Custom IDs, myths and realities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Custom ID is a private digital code.  In crowded shooting environments, Custom IDs allow only you to trigger your remote flash or camera.   Other photographers cannot trigger your remotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Custom ID is not a “private frequency.”  It is an exclusive code installed on top of an existing PocketWizard frequency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Too many photographers triggering simultaneously on the same frequency can be a serious issue, even for Custom ID users.  Your remote might not trigger because it cannot “hear” its digital code through all the other digital codes being transmitted on that frequency.  How many is too many?  Hard to say, but the fewer the better in all situations!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The methods throughout this document can be used to improve operation in multiuser environments.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can get a Custom ID on your MultiMAX II, MultiMAX, FlexTT5 or Plus III/IV In one of 3 ways:&lt;br /&gt;
*If you already own the radios, contact us at info@pocketwizard.com for shipping and payment information.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you want to buy radios from your favorite dealer, they can drop ship the radios to us. Please contact us at info@pocketwizard.com before ordering.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you live in the US or Canada, you can buy the radio and ID on our [https://shop.pocketwizard.com/ shop] and have it shipped directly to you. (note: MultiMAX radios are no longer available for sale)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom IDs are $95 USD per ID per radio - this price hasn't changed since 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Special Custom ID notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom IDs can only be installed on FlexTT5, FlexTT6,  Plus III, or Plus IV, MultiMAX II or orignial MultiMAX radios with USB ports. If you have an original MultiMAX (power and DC ports only) or a MultiMAX with an ACC port but no USB, please contact us at info@ocketwizard.com to see if we can install Custom IDs on your radio. They are not available for any other PocketWizard radios including PlusX, Plus II, MiniTT1, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*The MultiMAX has been retired: [http://www.pocketwizard.com/news_events/news/multimax_retirement/ MultiMAX Retirement Announcement]&lt;br /&gt;
*You can buy PocketWizard radios directly from PocketWizard (only in the USA or Canada) or from your local dealer or distributor.  If you purchase them from your local dealer, you need to then send them to LPA Design / PocketWizard.&lt;br /&gt;
*Dealers and distributors do not sell radios with Custom IDs already installed.   Many dealers will let you drop-ship your PocketWizard radios directly to LPA Design for a Custom ID service.&lt;br /&gt;
*All MultiMAX, FlexTT5, or Plus III/IV radios that you want to work together must have the same Custom ID installed. &lt;br /&gt;
*Custom IDs cannot be installed via the PocketWizard Utility.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Future firmware upgrades will not erase your Custom IDs.  They are permanent.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can get more than one Custom ID on a radio.  Each additional ID is $95 per radio. &lt;br /&gt;
*Typically a Custom ID replaces Standard Channel 17.  All other channels remain untouched and can be used with other radios.&lt;br /&gt;
*LPA Design / PocketWizard maintains a database of Custom ID holders.  Only you can get your Custom ID on future radios.&lt;br /&gt;
*Custom IDs are exclusively installed at LPA Design / PocketWizard in Vermont, USA.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Custom IDs here:  [http://shop.pocketwizard.com/search?q=custom+id PocketWizard Shop]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Know your frequency==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More important than knowing your Custom ID is knowing what frequency it is using.   At any large event, the goal is to have as few photographers sharing a single frequency as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a '''USB-capable FCC MultiMAX''' with firmware version 7.50 or higher, you can move your Custom ID to different frequencies.  Even though the Custom ID appears on Channel 17, it will use the frequency you set in the radio.  Set the frequency under the Other Functions/Custom ID menu.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a '''non-USB FCC MultiMAX''','''Plus III''','''Plus IV''', or '''FlexTT5&amp;quot;, your Custom ID is locked on a single frequency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If your Custom ID is on Channels 17 - 32, the last digit of your Custom ID determines the frequency.  See the table below.   Even though your Custom ID may appear on Channel 17, it is likely using a different frequency to transmit.&lt;br /&gt;
* If your Custom ID is on Channel 1 - 16 then your frequency is 344.04 MHz, the same frequency used by all PocketWizard Classics, Plus, Plus II, and other radios on Standard Channels 1 - 16.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learn more on the [[Channels]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see your Custom ID, simply turn on your MultiMAX.  It should show as part of the power-up sequence.  You can also hold &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; on your MultiMAX as you power it on to display your Custom ID(s). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Plus III/IV with a Custom ID, it will show &amp;quot;CC&amp;quot; before the Channel instead of &amp;quot;CH&amp;quot;. There should be a label inside the battery compartment with your ID information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a FlexTT5/FlexTT6 with a Custom ID, you will see a label under the antenna. Note: the frequency will not be reflected in the Utility. You will need to refer to the sticker or document the Channel elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|''Non-USB FCC MultiMAX''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80pt&amp;quot;|''Last Digit of Custom ID''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80pt&amp;quot;|''Frequency (MHz)''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|354&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|353.5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|353&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|352.5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|352&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|351.5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|351&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|350.5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|350&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|349.5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|A&lt;br /&gt;
|349&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|B&lt;br /&gt;
|348.5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|C&lt;br /&gt;
|348&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|D&lt;br /&gt;
|347.5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|E&lt;br /&gt;
|347&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|F&lt;br /&gt;
|346.5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some Custom IDs in use that do not follow this table.  If you are unsure, contact LPA Design for more information.  We will research your radio in our database and help you understand which frequency you are actually using.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CE MultiMAX''' radios only have 1 frequency for all Custom ID use due to regulatory limitations.  USB CE MultiMAX radios can use Patterns to get more simultaneous users.  Non-USB CE MultiMAX radios do not have access to Patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Use a Sign-Up sheet==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyone at an event, or an event coordinator, can help make sure all photographers have the best experience by using a sign-up sheet.  Here is an example:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:Multiuser_Sign-Up_Sheet_Example.pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of the sign up sheet is to minimize the number of users per frequency.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Set a Pattern==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There can be multiple Custom IDs triggering on the same frequency at very large sporting events.  Your Custom ID will prevent someone else from triggering your camera, but it won’t prevent someone else from stepping on your trigger signal and potentially canceling out the triggers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MultiMAX firmware 7.51 or later has a feature called Patterns.  Patterns help when there are multiple photographers triggering on the same frequency.  When you press and hold TEST on your MultiMAX, repeated triggers are being sent at a steady pace.  If your triggers overlap with another photographers, neither of your remote cameras will fire.  Patterns help keep repeating triggers from overlapping and dramatically reduce the possibility of cancelling each other out on the same frequency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Patterns are only helpful for remote camera triggering.  They are not helpful for remote flash triggering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''USB FCC MultiMAX''' radios with Custom IDs, Patterns are set under the Other Functions/Custom ID menu.  This menu only appears if you have Custom IDs installed in your USB FCC MultiMAX with firmware 7.51 or later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''USB CE MultiMAX''' radios, with or without Custom IDs, Patterns are handled differently.  Channels 17 – 32 are all on the same frequency already, so Patterns are available without Custom IDs installed.  Select a Pattern under the Other Functions/Custom ID menu, and make sure to set a different channel or Custom ID from other CE photographers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Patterns are only available for USB MultiMAX radios, FCC or CE.  MultiMAX radios without USB ports, FlexTT5s, Plus IIIs, and Plus IVs cannot take advantage of Patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learn more about Patterns here: [http://www.pocketwizard.com/upload/photos/677MultiMAX_7.51beta_releasenotes.pdf MultiMAX BETA Firmware 7.51 Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another description of Patterns is available at [http://www.sportsshooter.com/message_display.html?tid=40179 SportsShooter.com].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Engage Long Range Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MultiMAX firmware version 7.50 and later has a special feature called Long Range Mode.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Range Mode increases the usable distance, up to double, between two MultiMAX radios.   This mode must be activated on all radios that are expected to work together.  When it is activated on a&lt;br /&gt;
transmitter, LT will be displayed.  When it is activated on a receiver, -LR- will be displayed.  Long Range Mode is designed primarily for remote camera triggering.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Range Mode is set under the Other Functions/Range Mode menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Range Mode is only available for USB MultiMAX radios, FCC or CE.  MultiMAX radios without USB ports cannot take advantage of Long Range Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Long Range Mode can be used with Custom IDs and Patterns.  Use longer Contact Times and hold TEST when triggering instead of tapping.  This is the recommended configuration for triggering a remote camera at any large sporting event.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Don't use Repeater Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeater Mode is a very handy function for extending range when you are the only user on your frequency.  When you are sharing a frequency with other photographers, it is not recommended.  Improperly deployed Repeater Mode radios can add extra trigger signals causing the same trigger overlapping problem that Patterns is used to correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Set Longer Contact Times in your Receiver==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact time controls how long a receiver holds the shutter button pressed on your remote camera after it receives a radio trigger.  It is always set on your receiving MultiMAX.  Setting it on your transmitter has no effect on remote cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A longer contact time on your receiver helps RF performance in a crowded multiuser environment.  If your remote MultiMAX receives a single correct RF trigger packet over the air, it will trigger your camera for the duration of the contact time.  If another single RF trigger packet makes it through before the contact time finishes, it will continue holding the camera triggered.   It only takes a very few trigger packets to get a long motor drive burst which may yield more usable finish line results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EXAMPLE:  You want a remote finish line camera to trigger a lot of frames right at the end of the race.  Set your contact time to a reasonable burst length.  If your camera can do 6 FPS in high speed drive mode, consider setting your contact time to 1 second.  Any single RF trigger packet received will guarantee you get at least 6 images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact time is set in a MultiMAX under the Basic Settings menu.   Adjust using the letter and arrow keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hold TEST, don’t tap it==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When triggering a remote camera in a crowded environment, you will get better results if you press and hold the TEST or trigger button on your transmitting radio.  Pressing and holding TEST will put hundreds more trigger packets into the air for your receivers to hear.  Tapping TEST, or pressing and releasing it rapidly, will put fewer trigger packets in the air.  The more trigger packets that are sent, the higher chance your remote receiver will hear one!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Plus III/IV==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Plus III]]/IV can be used at large events, and get Custom IDs installed, but it cannot use the new MultiMAX Patterns.   A USB MultiMAX with a Custom ID is the preferred solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Sign-Up Sheet, Plus III/IVs must use the first column only: “No Custom ID and/or non-Pattern radios.”  Plus III/IV [[Channels]] use the same Standard Channel Numbers and Frequencies as MultiMAX and ControlTL radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using ControlTL radios: MiniTT1 and FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios like the [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] can be used for remote camera triggering, and offer a few more frequency choices, however there are some important considerations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FlexTT5s can get Custom IDs installed but cannot use MultiMAX Patterns.  A USB MultiMAX with a Custom ID is the preferred solution. A MiniTT1 cannot get Custom IDs installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCC ControlTL radios share some frequencies with the FCC MultiMAX.  CE ControlTL radios do not.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IMPORTANT=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using FCC ControlTL radios on ControlTL Channels 5-14 puts a large amount of radio packets in the air that can negatively affect all MultiMAX users on those shared frequencies.  This is because a ControlTL radio transmits a lot of settings and information as it communicates with the camera, while a MultiMAX only transmits a trigger signal.  If you are using a ControlTL radio at a crowded event, set your ControlTL Transmit Channel to channels 1-4 or 15-20 which do not have shared frequencies with the MultiMAX.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember that ControlTL radios transmit on two Channels, a Standard Channel and a ControlTL Channel.  Set your Standard Channel to a frequency that is not in use, or use Standard Channel 5 (344.04 MHz) which is outside the range of modern MultiMAX Custom ID users and the [[Plus II]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Sign-Up chart, ControlTL radios must use the first column only: “No Custom ID and/or non-Pattern radios.”   Note the overlapping frequencies, and try to use a non-overlapping channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the PocketWizard Utility, set the following features in your ControlTL radios:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your receiving FlexTT5, engage “Disable Shoe Communications” on the Misc Tab.  This will allow you to trigger more quickly when the radio is mounted in the shoe of your remote camera, and will generate less radio traffic by disabling Auto-Relay Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
*On your transmitting MiniTT1 or FlexTT5, consider changing the settings below.  This will generate less radio traffic on your frequency, benefitting other users:&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Flash Tab]] / Speedlight control – set to “No Change (Trigger Only)”&lt;br /&gt;
**Flash Tab / Remote Studio Controls – set both to “No Change On Wakeup”&lt;br /&gt;
**[[PowerTracking Tab]] / PowerTracking control – set to “No Change (Trigger Only)”&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Modeling Tab]] / Uncheck “Modeling Light Control”&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Sleep Tab]] / Uncheck “Remote TTL Flash Sleep Mode”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hardwire==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider hardwiring your remote camera.  The more hardwire triggers in use, the greater the reliability for all photographers at a venue, whether you are using radios or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your low-voltage, low-current camera motor drive can only push so many electrons around, so give it the best conditions to do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Avoid add-a-taps.  These zip cord connectors are convenient, but a crimping/piercing connection can often be more fragile than other solutions like miniphone connectors.  A “stale” crimp that has been spooled up is a recipe for failure – it can be physically weakened when rolled/unrolled, and unseen corrosion can cause poor connectivity.   &lt;br /&gt;
*Soldered wires are usually better than connectors.  If you have the ability to solder wires directly together instead of using snap-together connectivity, like miniphone connections or add-a-taps, you should consider it.  Every “adapter” or snap-together connection represents another potential failure point.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use ferrite chokes.  When lots of unshielded cabling like zip line is used, it can act as a big antenna for EMI.  Even if you aren’t using a radio, EMI can cause you to miss triggers.  Your low-voltage motor drive circuit might not be able to tell if that was your switch closing on the line, or just random electrical noise from the “Swiss timing” box.  Place ferrite chokes near both ends of your hardwire run.  2 or 3, clamped 30cm or so apart, is usually enough.&lt;br /&gt;
*Run your hardwire as exclusively as possible.  The more wires piled on top of each other, the worse EMI can be.  This is especially true if your hardwire is running in the same catwalk/conduit/trough as power, AV, precision timing, scoring, or other cords and cables.  If you are limited and must share space, definitely use ferrite chokes as described above.&lt;br /&gt;
*Polarity matters for multiple cameras.  If you have more than one camera on the same hardwire, make extra sure to check that you have used the same polarity for each connection.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Keep the run as short as possible.  Avoid extra piles or loops/spools of cable as part of your setup.  Spooled or looped cable gathers and amplifies EMI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any hardwire questions, feel free to ask!  Even though we are a radio company, we’ve learned a thing or two about hardwiring over the years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More coming soon!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other topics will be posted as they are ready, like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Buddying up - multiple receivers on the same channel/Custom ID and/or multiple cameras with one receiver&lt;br /&gt;
*“Slaving” one camera to another - a remote camera can trigger from the shoe pulse of the camera in your hands, but is it wise?  (probably not!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding Confirmation&lt;br /&gt;
*And more!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:NikonCameras&amp;diff=3931</id>
		<title>Template:NikonCameras</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:NikonCameras&amp;diff=3931"/>
				<updated>2019-02-08T19:23:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=4|Currently Supported Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D850]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7500]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon Df]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D4S]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D810]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7200]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D4]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D800]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7100]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3x]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D800E]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7000]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3s]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D750]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5500]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D700]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5300]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D2x]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D610]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5200]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D600]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5100]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D500]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5000]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D300s]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3300]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D300]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3200]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D200]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3100]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3000]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:NikonCameras&amp;diff=3910</id>
		<title>Template:NikonCameras</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:NikonCameras&amp;diff=3910"/>
				<updated>2018-09-26T15:47:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=4|Currently Supported Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D850]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7500]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon Df]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D4S]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D810]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7200]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D4]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D800]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7100]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D90]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3x]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D800E]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7000]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D80]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3s]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D750]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5500]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D40x]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D700]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5300]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D40]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D2x]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D610]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5200]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D600]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5100]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D500]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5000]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D300s]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3300]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D300]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3200]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D200]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3100]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3000]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:NikonCameras&amp;diff=3909</id>
		<title>Template:NikonCameras</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:NikonCameras&amp;diff=3909"/>
				<updated>2018-09-26T15:45:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=4|Currently Supported Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D850]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7500]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon Df]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D4S]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D810]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7200]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D4]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D800]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7100]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D90]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3x]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D800E]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7000]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D80]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3s]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D750]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5500]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D40x]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D700]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5300]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D40]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D2x]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D610]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5200]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D600]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5100]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D500]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5000]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D300s]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3300]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D300]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3200]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D200]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3100]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3000]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:NikonCameras&amp;diff=3900</id>
		<title>Template:NikonCameras</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:NikonCameras&amp;diff=3900"/>
				<updated>2018-05-18T19:56:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=4|Currently Supported Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D850]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7200]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon Df]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D4S]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D810]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7100]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D4]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D800]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D7000]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D90]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3x]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D800E]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5500]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D80]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3s]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D750]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5300]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D40x]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D700]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5200]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D40]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D2x]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D610]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5100]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D600]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D5000]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D500]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3300]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D300s]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3200]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D300]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3100]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D200]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Nikon D3000]]*&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ&amp;diff=3891</id>
		<title>PocketWizard Utility FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ&amp;diff=3891"/>
				<updated>2018-03-27T15:30:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* Why won’t the Utility let me download the latest firmware version? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Do you have questions about the [[PocketWizard Utility]]? Check out these Frequently Asked Questions, compiled by [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any of the methods below resolves your issue, '''please''' report which one worked for you [mailto:info@pocketwizard.com?subject=Utility%20Report here]!  Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do I reset everything back to defaults?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ControlTL]] radios can be reset using the [[PocketWizard Utility]], or by hand in the field (recommended method). Check out our [[Factory Reset]] page for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why won’t the Utility recognize or update my radios?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can occur for several reasons. Try the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the latest version of the Utility, available for download on our [[Getting Started]] page&lt;br /&gt;
* Try performing a &amp;quot;hard&amp;quot; [[Factory Reset]] or &amp;quot;Reset B&amp;quot; on your radio.  This can sometimes be effective where clicking the Factory Reset button in the Utility is not&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using a USB hub, like in your monitor, try a USB port directly on the computer &lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using a USB port directly on the computer, try going through a hub&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using a Port Expander, try connecting directly to the computer&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using a USB 3.0 port, try a USB2.0 port, or vice versa&lt;br /&gt;
* Try a different USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure your computer's motherboard and operating system drivers are up to date&lt;br /&gt;
* If the radio has batteries in it, try connecting without batteries installed or with brand new batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* If the radio switch is in the OFF position when connecting it to USB, try it in the ON position, or vice versa&lt;br /&gt;
* Try connecting your radio to the computer's USB port before running the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
* Be patient.  When disconnecting one radio, wait 15 seconds (or more!) before connecting another one, and then wait up to 2 minutes to see if it eventually connects (it can take a Windows computer up to 2 minutes to recognize a radio for the first time)&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait for any messages in the bottom of the Utility to disappear before connecting another radio, especially &amp;quot;Lost communication...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Temporarily disable any software that is specifically looking for other USB devices, like a voice recorder, camcorder, tablet, gaming controllers, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Temporarily disable any anti-virus or anti-malware software that may be trying to &amp;quot;manage&amp;quot; your USB ports for you&lt;br /&gt;
* Disconnect any and all other USB devices that may be interfering&lt;br /&gt;
* Try using a different user account&lt;br /&gt;
* Try using your computer’s Safe Mode &lt;br /&gt;
* Try another computer&lt;br /&gt;
* If you’re still having trouble, contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for help&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I'm getting this error: &amp;quot;Archive Extraction Error&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Error extracting files from archive. #17&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several workarounds for this issue.  Please try one of the methods below and '''please''' report which one worked for you [mailto:info@pocketwizard.com?subject=Utility%20Report here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the steps in the &amp;quot;Why won’t the Utility recognize or update my radios?&amp;quot; section above.  Sometimes this issue is USB related.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using Mac OS X El Capitan?  And your Utility is version 1.58?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need the new version 1.70!  Install the latest PocketWizard Utility from here: [[Getting Started]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Try a complete uninstall and re-install of the Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mac OS X&lt;br /&gt;
:#In the Finder sidebar, click Applications then drag &amp;quot;PocketWizard Utility&amp;quot; from the Applications folder to the Trash (located at the end of the Dock), then choose Finder &amp;gt; Empty Trash.  Do this for all PocketWizard applications and downloads&lt;br /&gt;
:#Install the PocketWizard Utility from here: [[Getting Started]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows&lt;br /&gt;
:#Start | Programs | PocketWizard Utility | Uninstall&lt;br /&gt;
:#Go to C:\Users\&amp;lt;YOUR USERNAME&amp;gt;\AppData\Roaming\ and delete everything PocketWizard&lt;br /&gt;
:#Install the PocketWizard Utility from here: [[Getting Started]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Try drag and drop of individual firmware files====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact PocketWizard Technical Support via [mailto:info@pocketwizard.com?subject=Firmware%20file%20request email] to obtain the appropriate firmware files for your devices.  You will need to attach a photo of each unit's serial number to obtain the correct firmware files.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;WARNING&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: Attempting to install the wrong firmware file into your radio could render it unusable/bricked!  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the appropriate files to your computer.  Don't open, expand, extract, or perform any other operations with the files - just save them to your desktop or a folder where you can find them&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect your radio to the computer and run the Utility&lt;br /&gt;
#Drag the correct file onto the Utility with the radio connected, then drop it onto the picture of the radio.  Don't open, expand, extract, or perform any other operations with the file - just drag and drop it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Try using the older version of the Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will not be able to use a Panasonic FlexTT5 or a Plus IV radio with Utility versions 1.54 through 1.63, nor will you have the latest security certificates or bug fixes available in 1.70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows&lt;br /&gt;
:#Start | Programs | PocketWizard Utility | Uninstall&lt;br /&gt;
:#Go to C:\Users\&amp;lt;YOUR USERNAME&amp;gt;\AppData\Roaming\ and delete everything PocketWizard&lt;br /&gt;
:#Download version 1.63 from [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.63.exe here] or version 1.58 from [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.58.exe here] and install it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mac OS X&lt;br /&gt;
:#In the Finder sidebar, click Applications then drag &amp;quot;PocketWizard Utility&amp;quot; from the Applications folder to the Trash (located at the end of the Dock), then choose Finder &amp;gt; Empty Trash.  Do this for all PocketWizard applications and downloads&lt;br /&gt;
:#For Mac OS X version 10.6 (Snow Leopard) through 10.12 (Sierra), download version 1.63 from [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.63.dmg here]&lt;br /&gt;
:#For PowerPC Mac (older Macs - 2006 or earlier) or Mac OS X version 10.5 (Leopard) and earlier download version 1.58 from [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%201.54.dmg here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Try another computer====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes this issue is simply not correctable any other way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Can I leave my radio connected to the USB port to test changes quickly?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.  This will affect sync timing.  You should disconnect the radio and power cycle it (if it was turned on) after any changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why won’t the Utility let me download the latest firmware version?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure you’re running the latest version of the [[PocketWizard Utility]], which is available for download on our [[Getting Started]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are you looking for [[Beta Firmware]]?  Make sure you've enabled that in the PocketWizard Utility.  Follow the steps [[Beta Firmware|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Utility uses the standard FTP protocol to download firmware files. Make sure your computer's firewall, internet router, or internet service provider (ISP) are not blocking FTP.  You can test FTP by entering the following URL into your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:: [http://utility.lpadesign.com http://utility.lpadesign.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the link above causes your browser to ask for authentication, then your computer has access to our FTP servers.  Cancel or Close that dialogue; it just tests if your computer has general FTP access to our servers, but this dialogue is not used by the Utility.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you get the authentication dialogue (which you can just close), but the Utility still will not download firmware files, then check any firewall, anti-malware or anti-virus software you may be running.  Temporarily disable it or use it to allow FTP expressly to the PocketWizard Utility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not see the authentication dialogue, then something is blocking your computer's access to FTP.  Try this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check your internet connection and verify it is working&lt;br /&gt;
* Check any firewall, anti-malware or anti-virus software you may be running.  Temporarily disable it or use it to allow FTP expressly to the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
* Check with your network administrator to see if FTP is allowed on your network&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you’re still having trouble, contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Is the Utility compatible with my operating system?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The latest version of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] works well with all recent versions of Windows (7, 8.1, 10) and the latest Mac OS, El Capitan (10.11.4).  In the Read Me file, Windows 8.1 and 10 are not listed as compatible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are all the fields in the Utility screen grayed-out?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Utility is trying to contact our servers and can't.  Start by opening a new browser window and entering ftp.radioslave.com. If you are presented with a password window, that’s good – it means the [[PocketWizard Utility|Utility]] can access the necessary servers. If you are not presented with a password window, check your firewall and security settings to be sure the [[PocketWizard Utility|Utility]] has been allowed the necessary permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you still have trouble, contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where are all the options for advanced settings?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the check-box in the bottom-left corner of the [[PocketWizard Utility|Utility]] window (next to a picture of a small blue gear) to enable Advanced Mode and reveal additional settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is the latest firmware version for my radio? Where can I find release notes?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can find the latest firmware versions for your radios and read release notes on our [[Getting Started]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What do all of these Utility selections mean, anyway?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[PocketWizard Utility|Utility]] can be used to optimize ControlTL radios for a particular desired performance. Most photographers will be able to use radios in their default settings. To read more about each Utility setting, visit our [[PocketWizard Utility]] wiki page.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ&amp;diff=3890</id>
		<title>PocketWizard Utility FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=PocketWizard_Utility_FAQ&amp;diff=3890"/>
				<updated>2018-03-27T15:29:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* Why won’t the Utility let me download the latest firmware version? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Do you have questions about the [[PocketWizard Utility]]? Check out these Frequently Asked Questions, compiled by [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any of the methods below resolves your issue, '''please''' report which one worked for you [mailto:info@pocketwizard.com?subject=Utility%20Report here]!  Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do I reset everything back to defaults?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ControlTL]] radios can be reset using the [[PocketWizard Utility]], or by hand in the field (recommended method). Check out our [[Factory Reset]] page for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why won’t the Utility recognize or update my radios?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can occur for several reasons. Try the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the latest version of the Utility, available for download on our [[Getting Started]] page&lt;br /&gt;
* Try performing a &amp;quot;hard&amp;quot; [[Factory Reset]] or &amp;quot;Reset B&amp;quot; on your radio.  This can sometimes be effective where clicking the Factory Reset button in the Utility is not&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using a USB hub, like in your monitor, try a USB port directly on the computer &lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using a USB port directly on the computer, try going through a hub&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using a Port Expander, try connecting directly to the computer&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are using a USB 3.0 port, try a USB2.0 port, or vice versa&lt;br /&gt;
* Try a different USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure your computer's motherboard and operating system drivers are up to date&lt;br /&gt;
* If the radio has batteries in it, try connecting without batteries installed or with brand new batteries&lt;br /&gt;
* If the radio switch is in the OFF position when connecting it to USB, try it in the ON position, or vice versa&lt;br /&gt;
* Try connecting your radio to the computer's USB port before running the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
* Be patient.  When disconnecting one radio, wait 15 seconds (or more!) before connecting another one, and then wait up to 2 minutes to see if it eventually connects (it can take a Windows computer up to 2 minutes to recognize a radio for the first time)&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait for any messages in the bottom of the Utility to disappear before connecting another radio, especially &amp;quot;Lost communication...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Temporarily disable any software that is specifically looking for other USB devices, like a voice recorder, camcorder, tablet, gaming controllers, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Temporarily disable any anti-virus or anti-malware software that may be trying to &amp;quot;manage&amp;quot; your USB ports for you&lt;br /&gt;
* Disconnect any and all other USB devices that may be interfering&lt;br /&gt;
* Try using a different user account&lt;br /&gt;
* Try using your computer’s Safe Mode &lt;br /&gt;
* Try another computer&lt;br /&gt;
* If you’re still having trouble, contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for help&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I'm getting this error: &amp;quot;Archive Extraction Error&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Error extracting files from archive. #17&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several workarounds for this issue.  Please try one of the methods below and '''please''' report which one worked for you [mailto:info@pocketwizard.com?subject=Utility%20Report here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try the steps in the &amp;quot;Why won’t the Utility recognize or update my radios?&amp;quot; section above.  Sometimes this issue is USB related.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using Mac OS X El Capitan?  And your Utility is version 1.58?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need the new version 1.70!  Install the latest PocketWizard Utility from here: [[Getting Started]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Try a complete uninstall and re-install of the Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mac OS X&lt;br /&gt;
:#In the Finder sidebar, click Applications then drag &amp;quot;PocketWizard Utility&amp;quot; from the Applications folder to the Trash (located at the end of the Dock), then choose Finder &amp;gt; Empty Trash.  Do this for all PocketWizard applications and downloads&lt;br /&gt;
:#Install the PocketWizard Utility from here: [[Getting Started]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows&lt;br /&gt;
:#Start | Programs | PocketWizard Utility | Uninstall&lt;br /&gt;
:#Go to C:\Users\&amp;lt;YOUR USERNAME&amp;gt;\AppData\Roaming\ and delete everything PocketWizard&lt;br /&gt;
:#Install the PocketWizard Utility from here: [[Getting Started]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Try drag and drop of individual firmware files====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact PocketWizard Technical Support via [mailto:info@pocketwizard.com?subject=Firmware%20file%20request email] to obtain the appropriate firmware files for your devices.  You will need to attach a photo of each unit's serial number to obtain the correct firmware files.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;WARNING&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: Attempting to install the wrong firmware file into your radio could render it unusable/bricked!  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the appropriate files to your computer.  Don't open, expand, extract, or perform any other operations with the files - just save them to your desktop or a folder where you can find them&lt;br /&gt;
#Connect your radio to the computer and run the Utility&lt;br /&gt;
#Drag the correct file onto the Utility with the radio connected, then drop it onto the picture of the radio.  Don't open, expand, extract, or perform any other operations with the file - just drag and drop it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Try using the older version of the Utility====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will not be able to use a Panasonic FlexTT5 or a Plus IV radio with Utility versions 1.54 through 1.63, nor will you have the latest security certificates or bug fixes available in 1.70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows&lt;br /&gt;
:#Start | Programs | PocketWizard Utility | Uninstall&lt;br /&gt;
:#Go to C:\Users\&amp;lt;YOUR USERNAME&amp;gt;\AppData\Roaming\ and delete everything PocketWizard&lt;br /&gt;
:#Download version 1.63 from [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.63.exe here] or version 1.58 from [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.58.exe here] and install it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mac OS X&lt;br /&gt;
:#In the Finder sidebar, click Applications then drag &amp;quot;PocketWizard Utility&amp;quot; from the Applications folder to the Trash (located at the end of the Dock), then choose Finder &amp;gt; Empty Trash.  Do this for all PocketWizard applications and downloads&lt;br /&gt;
:#For Mac OS X version 10.6 (Snow Leopard) through 10.12 (Sierra), download version 1.63 from [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%20Installer%201.63.dmg here]&lt;br /&gt;
:#For PowerPC Mac (older Macs - 2006 or earlier) or Mac OS X version 10.5 (Leopard) and earlier download version 1.58 from [http://utility.lpadesign.com/utility/PocketWizard%20Utility%201.54.dmg here]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Try another computer====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes this issue is simply not correctable any other way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Can I leave my radio connected to the USB port to test changes quickly?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.  This will affect sync timing.  You should disconnect the radio and power cycle it (if it was turned on) after any changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why won’t the Utility let me download the latest firmware version?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure you’re running the latest version of the [[PocketWizard Utility]], which is available for download on our [[Getting Started]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are you looking for [[Beta Firmware]]?  Make sure you've enabled that in the PocketWizard Utility.  Follow the steps [[Beta Firmware|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Utility uses the standard FTP protocol to download firmware files. Make sure your computer's firewall, internet router, or internet service provider (ISP) are not blocking FTP.  You can test FTP by entering the following URL into your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:: [http://utility.lpadesign.com ftp://utility.lpadesign.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the link above causes your browser to ask for authentication, then your computer has access to our FTP servers.  Cancel or Close that dialogue; it just tests if your computer has general FTP access to our servers, but this dialogue is not used by the Utility.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you get the authentication dialogue (which you can just close), but the Utility still will not download firmware files, then check any firewall, anti-malware or anti-virus software you may be running.  Temporarily disable it or use it to allow FTP expressly to the PocketWizard Utility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not see the authentication dialogue, then something is blocking your computer's access to FTP.  Try this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check your internet connection and verify it is working&lt;br /&gt;
* Check any firewall, anti-malware or anti-virus software you may be running.  Temporarily disable it or use it to allow FTP expressly to the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
* Check with your network administrator to see if FTP is allowed on your network&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you’re still having trouble, contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support] for help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Is the Utility compatible with my operating system?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The latest version of the [[PocketWizard Utility]] works well with all recent versions of Windows (7, 8.1, 10) and the latest Mac OS, El Capitan (10.11.4).  In the Read Me file, Windows 8.1 and 10 are not listed as compatible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are all the fields in the Utility screen grayed-out?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Utility is trying to contact our servers and can't.  Start by opening a new browser window and entering ftp.radioslave.com. If you are presented with a password window, that’s good – it means the [[PocketWizard Utility|Utility]] can access the necessary servers. If you are not presented with a password window, check your firewall and security settings to be sure the [[PocketWizard Utility|Utility]] has been allowed the necessary permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you still have trouble, contact [http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard tech support].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Where are all the options for advanced settings?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the check-box in the bottom-left corner of the [[PocketWizard Utility|Utility]] window (next to a picture of a small blue gear) to enable Advanced Mode and reveal additional settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is the latest firmware version for my radio? Where can I find release notes?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can find the latest firmware versions for your radios and read release notes on our [[Getting Started]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What do all of these Utility selections mean, anyway?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[PocketWizard Utility|Utility]] can be used to optimize ControlTL radios for a particular desired performance. Most photographers will be able to use radios in their default settings. To read more about each Utility setting, visit our [[PocketWizard Utility]] wiki page.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=3889</id>
		<title>Nikon Compatibility</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Nikon_Compatibility&amp;diff=3889"/>
				<updated>2018-02-26T16:18:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* Non-Compatible Flashes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section contains compatibility information for the Nikon [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] ControlTL radios.{{recommended reading|PocketWizard Utility|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Current Firmware===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The latest firmware available for the Nikon MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 is '''version {{Template:Latestnikon}}'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MiniTT1s and FlexTT5s can be updated to this version via the [[PocketWizard Utility]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Camera Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with these modern Nikon digital cameras capable of using Nikon's latest i-TTL / CLS protocol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonCameras}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't see your recently released camera? Click [[Beta_Firmware|here]] to see if there is Beta Firmware available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;* These cameras do not support HyperSync or Auto-FP/HSS/FP-Sync operation:  D5300, D5200, D5100, D5000, D3300, D3200, D3100, D3000, D40x, D40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Cameras===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Potentialnikoncompatibility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speedlight Compatibility ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 for Nikon are compatible with the following modern Nikon Speedlights as Remote flashes and Nikon On-Camera Master flashes:  (Other flashes may work in [[Misc Tab|Basic Trigger Mode]] without CLS / i-TTL.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as Remotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-5000 (with [[Beta Firmware]])&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-600 &lt;br /&gt;
*SB-500&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-400 ''(not capable of HSS)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nikon Speedlights as On-Camera Master Flashes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-910&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-900&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-800&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-700&lt;br /&gt;
*SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Note: The &amp;quot;GN&amp;quot; ratio mode of the SB-700 is not supported.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-Compatible Flashes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any older generation Nikon Flashes as Remote Units Such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-300&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-80&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28DX&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-28&lt;br /&gt;
*SB-50&lt;br /&gt;
*any other Speedlight not listed above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Misc Tab#Basic Trigger|BASIC TRIGGER MODE]]: Almost all cameras and flashes are compatible with the MiniTT1 and FlexTT5 when the radios are configured for Basic Trigger Mode.  Basic Trigger Mode disables all flash power control and TTL functions of the radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operational Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ControlTL Remote Camera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the default settings, remote cameras with a receiving FlexTT5 will be limited to Single Shot mode and there will be a delay between subsequent triggers. To learn more about remote camera triggering with ControlTL radios, visit our [[Remote Camera Triggering]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Exposure Compensation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flash exposure compensation (FEC) is controlled as part of the camera’s exposure compensation. This is normally adjusted via the FEC button on the camera, which is indicated by a flash symbol/lightning bolt beside a &amp;quot;+/-&amp;quot; symbol. If your camera does not have an FEC button, you can also adjust it via the exposure compensation button near the shutter release, indicated by a &amp;quot;+/-&amp;quot; symbol. This compensation works in all shooting modes, including Manual. When in Manual mode, the exposure compensation will only affect the flash exposure, as the camera exposure is controlled by the settings you have selected manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Speedlight Light Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SB-910, SB-900, and SB-700 have a special Light Pattern Menu, which allows you to set a slightly different light output pattern. Of the three options in this menu, “STD” for Standard output must be selected. Selecting either “CW” for Center-Weighted or “EVEN” for Even output is not supported and may result in exposure errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vibration Reduction (VR) Mode Auto-Detection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using VR Lenses, switching the VR Mode on or off results in the transmitting radio taking a calibration shot to adjust for the resulting  flash timing shift. This may result in a single missed frame after toggling the VR mode on or off. In rare cases, when shooting above your camera’s x-sync speed (1/250th or faster on most cameras), this calibration shot may fail, and continued dark frames may occur. If this happens, take a test shot at 1/160th or 1/200th of a second, and then move back to your desired shutter speed. In the interest of simplicity, we recommend leaving VR-mode either on or off for the duration of your shooting session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pre-Flash Boost controls ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:preflash_boost.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern TTL (Through The Lens) metering systems are based on a pre-flash fired an instant before the camera’s shutter opens, allowing the camera to calculate the amount of light output required for a proper exposure. Pre-Flash Boost is a feature which increases this metering pre-flash’s light output, which helps to make more accurate TTL exposure calculations at the longer distances our ControlTL radios can achieve. It also helps compensate for light lost when using a light modifier like an umbrella or soft box. By default, this feature adds approximately 2 stops of light output to these metering flashes. This light output can be controlled by the EV controls on the back of the remote flash.  The amount of pre-flash boost compensation set on the remote flashes will not affect the final exposure.  This allows you to increase the pre-flash boost beyond the default value for subjects farther away, and decrease the pre-flash boost for subjects very close to the flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Camera-Specific Operational Considerations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about operational considerations that may affect your camera specifically, choose the model below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{NikonCameras}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Nikon Special Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
The following special notes apply to all Nikon cameras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===FV Lock===&lt;br /&gt;
FV Lock is not currently supported with PocketWizard radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Live View===&lt;br /&gt;
Live View is not currently supported with PocketWizard radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Unsupported Modes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Mirror Up mode is not fully supported at this time – test with your specific configuration before using. You may be able to use the radios in [[Misc_Tab#Basic_Trigger|Basic Trigger Mode]] for this setting. &lt;br /&gt;
* Exposure Delay mode (set via in-camera menu) is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
* Repeater/RPT mode is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In-Camera Flash Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Using in-camera “Flash Control for Built In Flash” menu to control remote zones is not currently supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rear-Curtain Sync and Bulb===&lt;br /&gt;
Rear Curtain Sync and Bulb mode cannot be used together. For more information, visit our [[Rear Curtain Sync#Operational Considerations|Rear Curtain Sync]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Remote Infrared Control===&lt;br /&gt;
ControlTL radios disable ALL infra-red/optical communication pulses used in Nikon’s native i-TTL system, and will not trigger remote flashes configured to receive these pulses. A PocketWizard radio is required for each remote flash you want to trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CustomerService}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_5Ds/R&amp;diff=3883</id>
		<title>Canon 5Ds/R</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_5Ds/R&amp;diff=3883"/>
				<updated>2018-02-02T16:17:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Created page with &amp;quot;Review this page for information about the Canon EOS 5Ds/R and its performance with PocketWizard radios.  {{CanonOperational}}  &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;  ==5Ds/R Specific Operational Considerat...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Review this page for information about the Canon EOS 5Ds/R and its performance with PocketWizard radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonOperational}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5Ds/R Specific Operational Considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
The following operational considerations apply only to the 5Ds/R.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Camera Firmware===&lt;br /&gt;
For best results, use the latest camera body firmware. The latest firmware for the 5Ds/R is version '''1.1.2''', available for download at [https://www.usa.canon.com/internet/portal/us/home/support/details/cameras/dslr/eos-5ds/eos-5ds?subtab=downloads-firmware Canon USA] and [https://www.canon-europe.com/support/consumer_products/products/cameras/digital_slr/eos_5ds.aspx?type=firmware Canon EU].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==HyperSync Performance==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonHyperSyncSteps}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Don't see your gear?}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonSpecialNotes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CustomerService}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_5D_Mark_III&amp;diff=3882</id>
		<title>Canon 5D Mark III</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_5D_Mark_III&amp;diff=3882"/>
				<updated>2018-02-02T16:13:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Undo revision 3881 by Seth (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Review this page for information about the Canon EOS 5D Mark III and its performance with PocketWizard radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonOperational}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5D Mark III Specific Operational Considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
The following operational considerations apply only to the 5D Mark III.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Camera Firmware===&lt;br /&gt;
For best results, use the latest camera body firmware. The latest firmware for the 5D Mark III is version '''1.3.4''', available for download at [https://www.usa.canon.com/internet/portal/us/home/support/details/cameras/dslr/eos-5d-mark-iii Canon USA] and [http://www.canon-europe.com/Support/Consumer_Products/products/cameras/Digital_SLR/EOS_5D_Mark_III.aspx?type=firmware Canon EU].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==HyperSync Performance==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the tables below to view the 5D Mark III's HyperSync performance with a specific flash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonHyperSyncSteps}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einstein and PowerMC2===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Flash Model&lt;br /&gt;
!Radio Setup&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=2|HyperSync Automation Selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Einstein E640&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=HyperSync_Setup#How_to_Configure_the_ControlTL_Transmitter Transmitter Setup]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/a/af/5DMarkIII_Einstein_HighestEnergy_Ver11.pdf Highest Energy PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/5/5b/5DMarkIII_Einstein_ReducedClipping_Ver11.pdf Reduced Clipping PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=HyperSync_Setup#How_to_Configure_the_Receiving_PowerMC2 PowerMC2 Setup]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Example images were captured using the Einstein's &amp;quot;Color&amp;quot; mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Elinchrom and PowerST4===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Flash Model&lt;br /&gt;
!Radio Setup&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=2|HyperSync Automation Selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Ranger RX S-Head&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=HyperSync_Setup#How_to_Configure_the_ControlTL_Transmitter Transmitter Setup]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/0/09/5DMarkIII_RangerRX_SHead_HighestEnergy_Ver11.pdf Highest Energy PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/5/53/5DMarkIII_RangerRX_SHead_ReducedClipping_Ver11.pdf Reduced Clipping PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=HyperSync_Setup#How_to_Configure_the_Receiving_PowerST4 PowerST4 Setup]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Ranger RX A-Head&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=HyperSync_Setup#How_to_Configure_the_ControlTL_Transmitter Transmitter Setup]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/c/c4/5DMarkIII_RangerRX_AHead_HighestEnergy_Ver11.pdf Highest Energy PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/8/8d/5DMarkIII_RangerRX_AHead_ReducedClipping_Ver11.pdf Reduced Clipping PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=HyperSync_Setup#How_to_Configure_the_Receiving_PowerST4 PowerST4 Setup]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===AlienBees and FlexTT5 with AC9 AlienBees Adapter===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Flash Model&lt;br /&gt;
!Radio Setup&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=2|HyperSync Automation Selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|AlienBees B1600&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=HyperSync_Setup#How_to_Configure_the_ControlTL_Transmitter Transmitter Setup]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/a/a7/5DMarkIII_AlienBeesB1600_HighestEnergy_Ver11.pdf Highest Energy PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/8/83/5DMarkIII_AlienBeesB1600_ReducedClipping_Ver11.pdf Reduced Clipping PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=HyperSync_Setup#How_to_Configure_the_Receiving_FlexTT5_and_AC9_AlienBees_Adapter FlexTT5 and AC9 AlienBees Adapter Setup]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===White Lightning and FlexTT5 with AC9 AlienBees Adapter===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Flash Model&lt;br /&gt;
!Radio Setup&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=2|HyperSync Automation Selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|White Lightning X3200&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=HyperSync_Setup#How_to_Configure_the_ControlTL_Transmitter Transmitter Setup]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/0/0f/5DMarkIII_WhiteLightningX3200_HighestEnergy_Ver11.pdf Highest Energy PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/1/1c/5DMarkIII_WhiteLightningX3200_ReducedClipping_Ver11.pdf Reduced Clipping PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=HyperSync_Setup#How_to_Configure_the_Receiving_FlexTT5_and_AC9_AlienBees_Adapter FlexTT5 and AC9 AlienBees Adapter Setup]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Don't see your gear?}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonSpecialNotes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CustomerService}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_5D_Mark_III&amp;diff=3881</id>
		<title>Canon 5D Mark III</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Canon_5D_Mark_III&amp;diff=3881"/>
				<updated>2018-02-02T16:12:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Review this page for information about the Canon EOS 5D Mark III and its performance with PocketWizard radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonOperational}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5Ds/R Specific Operational Considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
The following operational considerations apply only to the 5Ds/R.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Camera Firmware===&lt;br /&gt;
For best results, use the latest camera body firmware. The latest firmware for the 5D Mark III is version '''1.1.2''', available for download at [https://www.usa.canon.com/internet/portal/us/home/support/details/cameras/dslr/eos-5ds/eos-5ds?subtab=downloads-firmware Canon USA] and [https://www.canon-europe.com/support/consumer_products/products/cameras/digital_slr/eos_5ds.aspx?type=firmware Canon EU].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==HyperSync Performance==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonHyperSyncSteps}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Don't see your gear?}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CanonSpecialNotes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CustomerService}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonCamerasFlexTT6&amp;diff=3880</id>
		<title>Template:CanonCamerasFlexTT6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonCamerasFlexTT6&amp;diff=3880"/>
				<updated>2018-02-02T16:04:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=5|Currently Supported Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Canon 1D X Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 7D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Canon 80D &lt;br /&gt;
|Canon Rebel T7i (800D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D X]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 7D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Canon 77D &lt;br /&gt;
|Canon Rebel T6 (1300D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1Ds Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Canon 6D Mark II&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 70D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T5i]] (700D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 6D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 60D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T5]] (1200D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1Ds Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5Ds/R]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 50D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel SL1]] (100D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark II N]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Canon 5D Mark IV&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 40D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T4i]] (650D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 30D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T3i]] (600D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 20D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T3]] (1100D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T2i]] (550D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T1i]] (500D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XSi]] (450D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XTi]] (400D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XT]] (350D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XS]] (1000D)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonCameras&amp;diff=3879</id>
		<title>Template:CanonCameras</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:CanonCameras&amp;diff=3879"/>
				<updated>2018-02-02T16:02:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=5|Currently Supported Cameras&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D X]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 7D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 70D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T5i]] (700D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark IV]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 7D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 60D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T5]] (1200D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1Ds Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 6D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 50D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel SL1]] (100D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5Ds/R]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 40D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T4i]] (650D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1Ds Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D Mark III]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 30D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T3i]] (600D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark II N]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 20D]] &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T3]] (1100D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 1D Mark II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon 5D]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T2i]] (550D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel T1i]] (500D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XSi]] (450D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XTi]] (400D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XT]] (350D)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Canon Rebel XS]] (1000D)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=3874</id>
		<title>Beta Firmware</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=3874"/>
				<updated>2018-01-22T15:43:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* Nikon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Try out the latest [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] firmware (other radios, too!) or PocketWizard Utility.  We appreciate your help testing our newest features and improvements before our official production release is available.  Anyone can participate, but you should be very comfortable using the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and be willing to provide [[#Providing_Feedback|detailed feedback]] of your experiences.  If that’s you, please read on to begin your own beta test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Firmware == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Release notes for current official production firmware can be found on our [[Getting Started]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must be using [[PocketWizard Utility]] version 1.54 or later before installing the latest firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Canon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no beta firmware available at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Canon_Compatibility|ControlTL Canon]] official production firmware is {{latestcanon}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nikon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Nikon ControlTL beta firmware version is {{Nikonbeta}} and is available through the PocketWizard Utility right now. It adds support for the Nikon D850. This Beta is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/2/22/MiniFlex_Nikon_3.907_beta.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gain access to the beta firmware, [[Beta_Firmware#Enabling_Beta_Firmware|see below]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Nikon_Compatibility|ControlTL Nikon]] official production firmware is {{latestnikon}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PowerST4 for Elinchrom==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current PowerST4 firmware is version {{latestst4}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PowerMC2 for Einstein E640==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[PowerMC2]] firmware is version {{latestmc2}}. There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Plus III==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Plus III]] firmware is version {{latestP3}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[MultiMAX]] firmware is version {{latestmax}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only MultiMAX's with a USB port are capable of downloading firmware.  Some older MultiMAX units do not have a USB port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX II==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current MultiMAX II firmware is 8.111. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Beta for MultiMAX II is 8.117. [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/0/06/MultiMAX_II_8.117.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enabling Beta Firmware==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Beta_Firmware_1.63.png|right|400px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and tick the box for Advanced Mode&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the blue gear in the bottom left corner of the window&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Firmware Updates&amp;quot; tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the radio button for &amp;quot;Yes, show me beta firmware and official firmware.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
#Click OK&lt;br /&gt;
#Completely close the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
#Re-open the PocketWizard Utility, make sure your radio is connected, and click the [[Update Tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Beta_Firmware_Selection_1.63.png|right|400px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Select the version of firmware, BETA or Official, you would like installed in your radio. Click OK and then follow the onscreen prompts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Providing Feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
We need feedback on your experiences testing the beta firmware! Feedback can include your opinion of overall functionality or any bugs or issues you may have encountered. When providing feedback, the more detail you can provide the better. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please include the following as a minimum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Beta firmware release version number&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera being used (brand, model # &amp;amp; firmware version)&lt;br /&gt;
*Flashes being used(brand &amp;amp; model #)&lt;br /&gt;
*PocketWizard radios in use&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The following information would also be helpful:&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Flash settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Location information (indoor, outdoor)&lt;br /&gt;
*Any potential radio interference sources&lt;br /&gt;
*Anything else that may help us understand your photo environment and situation.&lt;br /&gt;
*Computer system info&lt;br /&gt;
*Best way to contact you should follow-up be necessary&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please send feedback via one of these:&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard.com Inquires Page] &lt;br /&gt;
*[mailto:betalab@pocketwizard.com betalab@pocketwizard.com] - please put &amp;quot;beta&amp;quot; in the subject line.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MiniFlex_Nikon_3.907_beta.pdf&amp;diff=3873</id>
		<title>File:MiniFlex Nikon 3.907 beta.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MiniFlex_Nikon_3.907_beta.pdf&amp;diff=3873"/>
				<updated>2018-01-22T15:42:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Release notes for the 3.907 Nikon Beta release&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Release notes for the 3.907 Nikon Beta release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:Nikonbeta&amp;diff=3869</id>
		<title>Template:Nikonbeta</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Template:Nikonbeta&amp;diff=3869"/>
				<updated>2018-01-19T16:44:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''3.907'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=3868</id>
		<title>Beta Firmware</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=3868"/>
				<updated>2018-01-11T17:04:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* MultiMAX II */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Try out the latest [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] firmware (other radios, too!) or PocketWizard Utility.  We appreciate your help testing our newest features and improvements before our official production release is available.  Anyone can participate, but you should be very comfortable using the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and be willing to provide [[#Providing_Feedback|detailed feedback]] of your experiences.  If that’s you, please read on to begin your own beta test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Firmware == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Release notes for current official production firmware can be found on our [[Getting Started]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must be using [[PocketWizard Utility]] version 1.54 or later before installing the latest firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Canon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no beta firmware available at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Canon_Compatibility|ControlTL Canon]] official production firmware is {{latestcanon}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nikon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Nikon ControlTL beta firmware version is {{Nikonbeta}} and is available through the PocketWizard Utility right now. It adds support for Nikon's latest DSLRs; D5, D500, D7200, D5500, and limited support for the SB-5000: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/60/MiniFlex_Nikon_3.8XX_beta.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gain access to the beta firmware, [[Beta_Firmware#Enabling_Beta_Firmware|see below]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Nikon_Compatibility|ControlTL Nikon]] official production firmware is {{latestnikon}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PowerST4 for Elinchrom==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current PowerST4 firmware is version {{latestst4}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PowerMC2 for Einstein E640==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[PowerMC2]] firmware is version {{latestmc2}}. There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Plus III==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Plus III]] firmware is version {{latestP3}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[MultiMAX]] firmware is version {{latestmax}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only MultiMAX's with a USB port are capable of downloading firmware.  Some older MultiMAX units do not have a USB port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX II==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current MultiMAX II firmware is 8.111. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Beta for MultiMAX II is 8.117. [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/0/06/MultiMAX_II_8.117.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enabling Beta Firmware==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Beta_Firmware_1.63.png|right|400px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and tick the box for Advanced Mode&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the blue gear in the bottom left corner of the window&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Firmware Updates&amp;quot; tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the radio button for &amp;quot;Yes, show me beta firmware and official firmware.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
#Click OK&lt;br /&gt;
#Completely close the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
#Re-open the PocketWizard Utility, make sure your radio is connected, and click the [[Update Tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Beta_Firmware_Selection_1.63.png|right|400px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Select the version of firmware, BETA or Official, you would like installed in your radio. Click OK and then follow the onscreen prompts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Providing Feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
We need feedback on your experiences testing the beta firmware! Feedback can include your opinion of overall functionality or any bugs or issues you may have encountered. When providing feedback, the more detail you can provide the better. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please include the following as a minimum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Beta firmware release version number&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera being used (brand, model # &amp;amp; firmware version)&lt;br /&gt;
*Flashes being used(brand &amp;amp; model #)&lt;br /&gt;
*PocketWizard radios in use&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The following information would also be helpful:&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Flash settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Location information (indoor, outdoor)&lt;br /&gt;
*Any potential radio interference sources&lt;br /&gt;
*Anything else that may help us understand your photo environment and situation.&lt;br /&gt;
*Computer system info&lt;br /&gt;
*Best way to contact you should follow-up be necessary&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please send feedback via one of these:&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard.com Inquires Page] &lt;br /&gt;
*[mailto:betalab@pocketwizard.com betalab@pocketwizard.com] - please put &amp;quot;beta&amp;quot; in the subject line.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=3867</id>
		<title>Beta Firmware</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=Beta_Firmware&amp;diff=3867"/>
				<updated>2018-01-11T17:03:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: /* MultiMAX II */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Try out the latest [[MiniTT1 and FlexTT5]] firmware (other radios, too!) or PocketWizard Utility.  We appreciate your help testing our newest features and improvements before our official production release is available.  Anyone can participate, but you should be very comfortable using the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and be willing to provide [[#Providing_Feedback|detailed feedback]] of your experiences.  If that’s you, please read on to begin your own beta test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Firmware == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Release notes for current official production firmware can be found on our [[Getting Started]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must be using [[PocketWizard Utility]] version 1.54 or later before installing the latest firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Canon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no beta firmware available at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Canon_Compatibility|ControlTL Canon]] official production firmware is {{latestcanon}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nikon MiniTT1 &amp;amp; FlexTT5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Beta====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Nikon ControlTL beta firmware version is {{Nikonbeta}} and is available through the PocketWizard Utility right now. It adds support for Nikon's latest DSLRs; D5, D500, D7200, D5500, and limited support for the SB-5000: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/images/6/60/MiniFlex_Nikon_3.8XX_beta.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gain access to the beta firmware, [[Beta_Firmware#Enabling_Beta_Firmware|see below]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Official====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Nikon_Compatibility|ControlTL Nikon]] official production firmware is {{latestnikon}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PowerST4 for Elinchrom==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current PowerST4 firmware is version {{latestst4}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PowerMC2 for Einstein E640==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[PowerMC2]] firmware is version {{latestmc2}}. There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Plus III==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[Plus III]] firmware is version {{latestP3}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current [[MultiMAX]] firmware is version {{latestmax}}. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios.  There is no beta release at this time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only MultiMAX's with a USB port are capable of downloading firmware.  Some older MultiMAX units do not have a USB port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MultiMAX II==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current MultiMAX II firmware is 8.111. This release is available for both FCC and CE radios. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Beta for MultiMAX II is 8.117. [http://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MultiMAX_II_8.117.pdf Release Notes]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enabling Beta Firmware==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Beta_Firmware_1.63.png|right|400px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the [[PocketWizard Utility]] and tick the box for Advanced Mode&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the blue gear in the bottom left corner of the window&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Firmware Updates&amp;quot; tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the radio button for &amp;quot;Yes, show me beta firmware and official firmware.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
#Click OK&lt;br /&gt;
#Completely close the PocketWizard Utility&lt;br /&gt;
#Re-open the PocketWizard Utility, make sure your radio is connected, and click the [[Update Tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &amp;quot;Update Firmware&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Beta_Firmware_Selection_1.63.png|right|400px|How to enable the beta firmware options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Select the version of firmware, BETA or Official, you would like installed in your radio. Click OK and then follow the onscreen prompts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Providing Feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
We need feedback on your experiences testing the beta firmware! Feedback can include your opinion of overall functionality or any bugs or issues you may have encountered. When providing feedback, the more detail you can provide the better. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please include the following as a minimum:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Beta firmware release version number&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera being used (brand, model # &amp;amp; firmware version)&lt;br /&gt;
*Flashes being used(brand &amp;amp; model #)&lt;br /&gt;
*PocketWizard radios in use&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The following information would also be helpful:&lt;br /&gt;
*Camera settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Flash settings&lt;br /&gt;
*Location information (indoor, outdoor)&lt;br /&gt;
*Any potential radio interference sources&lt;br /&gt;
*Anything else that may help us understand your photo environment and situation.&lt;br /&gt;
*Computer system info&lt;br /&gt;
*Best way to contact you should follow-up be necessary&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please send feedback via one of these:&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.pocketwizard.com/contact/inquiry/ PocketWizard.com Inquires Page] &lt;br /&gt;
*[mailto:betalab@pocketwizard.com betalab@pocketwizard.com] - please put &amp;quot;beta&amp;quot; in the subject line.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MultiMAX_II_8.117.pdf&amp;diff=3866</id>
		<title>File:MultiMAX II 8.117.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.pocketwizard.com/index.php?title=File:MultiMAX_II_8.117.pdf&amp;diff=3866"/>
				<updated>2018-01-08T20:52:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Seth: Beta release notes for Firmware version 8.117 for the MultiMAX II.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Beta release notes for Firmware version 8.117 for the MultiMAX II.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Seth</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>